ISODRAFT Reference Manual
Transcript of ISODRAFT Reference Manual
ISODRAFT
Reference Manual
DisclaimerInformation of a technical nature, and particulars of the product and its use, is given by AVEVASolutions Ltd and its subsidiaries without warranty. AVEVA Solutions Ltd and its subsidiaries disclaimany and all warranties and conditions, expressed or implied, to the fullest extent permitted by law.
Neither the author nor AVEVA Solutions Ltd, or any of its subsidiaries, shall be liable to any person orentity for any actions, claims, loss or damage arising from the use or possession of any information,particulars, or errors in this publication, or any incorrect use of the product, whatsoever.
CopyrightCopyright and all other intellectual property rights in this manual and the associated software, and everypart of it (including source code, object code, any data contained in it, the manual and any otherdocumentation supplied with it) belongs to AVEVA Solutions Ltd or its subsidiaries.
All other rights are reserved to AVEVA Solutions Ltd and its subsidiaries. The information contained inthis document is commercially sensitive, and shall not be copied, reproduced, stored in a retrievalsystem, or transmitted without the prior written permission of AVEVA Solutions Ltd. Where suchpermission is granted, it expressly requires that this Disclaimer and Copyright notice is prominentlydisplayed at the beginning of every copy that is made.
The manual and associated documentation may not be adapted, reproduced, or copied, in any materialor electronic form, without the prior written permission of AVEVA Solutions Ltd. The user may also notreverse engineer, decompile, copy, or adapt the associated software. Neither the whole, nor part of theproduct described in this publication may be incorporated into any third-party software, product,machine, or system without the prior written permission of AVEVA Solutions Ltd, save as permitted bylaw. Any such unauthorised action is strictly prohibited, and may give rise to civil liabilities and criminalprosecution.
The AVEVA products described in this guide are to be installed and operated strictly in accordance withthe terms and conditions of the respective license agreements, and in accordance with the relevantUser Documentation. Unauthorised or unlicensed use of the product is strictly prohibited.
First published September 2007
© AVEVA Solutions Ltd, and its subsidiaries
AVEVA Solutions Ltd, High Cross, Madingley Road, Cambridge, CB3 0HB, United Kingdom
TrademarksAVEVA and Tribon are registered trademarks of AVEVA Solutions Ltd or its subsidiaries. Unauthoriseduse of the AVEVA or Tribon trademarks is strictly forbidden.
AVEVA product names are trademarks or registered trademarks of AVEVA Solutions Ltd or itssubsidiaries, registered in the UK, Europe and other countries (worldwide).
The copyright, trade mark rights, or other intellectual property rights in any other product, its name orlogo belongs to its respective owner.
AVEVA Solutions Ltd
ISODRAFT Reference Manual
Contents Page
ISODRAFT Reference Manual
Reference ManualIntroduction to this Manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1:1Who Should Use This Manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1:1How this Manual is Organised . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1:1Conventions Used in This Manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1:2
Command Reference Section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2:1Conventions Used in the Syntax Graphs. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2:1Command Summary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2:3Setting Up ISODRAFT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2:3Bolting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2:4DESIGN Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2:4Piping Components in ISODRAFT. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2:5Customising the Drawing Sheet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2:5Materials List and Reports . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2:6Isometric Drawing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2:7
Alphabetical Command Reference. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2:10ADD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2:10ANGLEACCURACY. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2:11ATEXT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2:12ATTEXTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2:13ATTANAME . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2:14AXES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2:15BENDRADIUS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2:16BOLTFILE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2:17
12.0i
ISODRAFT Reference Manual
BOLTING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2:18BOLTREPORT. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2:20BORES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2:21CHANGE HIGHLIGHTING. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2:22CHARHEIGHT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2:23CHECK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2:24CLLENGTHFILE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2:26CONTINUATIONSYMBOLS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2:27CONTNOTES. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2:27CONTSHEETS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2:28CONTWELDS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2:29COORDINATES or COORDS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2:30CUTBACK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2:31CUTMARKS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2:33CUTPIPELISTFILE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2:34CUTTINGLIST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2:35DATE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2:37DELETE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2:38DELIMITER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2:38DETAIL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2:39DIMDIST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2:42DIMLABELS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2:43DIMENSIONS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2:44DISTANCES. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2:48DTEXTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2:49ELEVATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2:50EQUIPMENTNUMBERING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2:50FALLINGLINES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2:51FALLSKEWS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2:54FILE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2:55FLOWARROWS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2:60FRAME . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2:61INSTALL SETUP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2:62INSTNAME. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2:62INSULATIONCONTROL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2:63ISO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2:64ISOTYPE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2:65ITEMCODE (1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2:66ITEMCODE (2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2:67JOINTNUMBERS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2:69
12.0ii
ISODRAFT Reference Manual
KEYS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2:70LEGLENGTH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2:71LINETHICKNESS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2:71LOOSEFLANGEALLOWANCE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2:72MARGIN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2:72MARK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2:73MATCONTROL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2:74MATERIALLIST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2:75MATLISTFILENAME . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2:81MESSAGEACCURACY. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2:82MESSAGEFILENAME . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2:83MTEXTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2:84OPTIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2:85OUTCOM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2:85OVERALLSKEWS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2:88PBENDNUMBERS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2:88PICTURESCALE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2:89PLOTDETAILDATA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2:90PLOTTINGSCALE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2:91POSITION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2:91POSTPROCESS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2:99PRECISION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2:100PREPROCESS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2:100PROCESS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2:100PROJECTNUMBER. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2:101Query . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2:101RECREATE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2:103REFDIMENSIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2:103REMOVE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2:104REPEATABILITY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2:105RESERVE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2:106SETCOMPDATE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2:107SIZE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2:108SKEWBOX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2:108SPECBREAK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2:113SPLIT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2:114SPOOLNUMBERS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2:115STACKINGARRANGEMENT. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2:117SUPPORTFILENAME . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2:118SUPPORTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2:119
12.0iii
ISODRAFT Reference Manual
SYMBOLFILENAME . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2:119TAGGING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2:120TAPPING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2:120TEXTPOSITION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2:121TITLEBLOCK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2:122TOLERANCE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2:123TRACINGCONTROL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2:124TRANSFERFILENAME . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2:125TRUNCATE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2:125TTFONT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2:126TUBESPLITS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2:127UNDERLAYPLOTNAME . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2:128UNITS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2:129WASTAGE AREA. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2:130WELDANGLES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2:131WELDID . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2:132WELDNUMBERS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2:132WELDTYPE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2:134ZEROLENGTHSKEWS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2:135
Symbol Keys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3:1Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3:1P-points . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3:2
CAP Symbol Keys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3:3CLOS Symbol Keys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3:4COUP Symbol Keys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3:4CROS Symbol Keys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3:5ELBO or BEND Symbol Keys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3:7FBLI Symbol Keys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3:11FILT Symbol Keys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3:11FLAN Symbol Keys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3:13FTUB Symbol Keys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3:15INST Symbol Keys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3:16LJSE Symbol Keys. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3:21PCOM Symbol Keys. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3:21REDU Symbol Keys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3:25Concentric Reducers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3:25
12.0iv
ISODRAFT Reference Manual
Eccentric Reducers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3:28
SHU Symbol Keys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3:30TEE or OLET Symbol Keys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3:30TRAP Symbol Keys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3:34UNIO Symbol Keys. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3:36UNIVERSAL Symbol Key. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3:36VALV Symbol Keys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3:37VENT Symbol Keys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3:39VFWA Symbol Keys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3:39VTWA Symbol Keys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3:40WELD Symbol Keys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3:41Floor Penetration ATTA Symbol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3:41Welded Lug Symbol Keys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3:42Symbol Key Reference Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3:42
Alternative Texts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4:1Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4:1Isometric Drawing Area . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4:1Title Block Area . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4:5Plotted Material List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4:6Line Summary Area . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4:8Printed Material List. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4:9Weld Box Summary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4:9Bend Table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4:10Dynamic Detail Areas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4:10Bolt Report . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4:10
Material Control File . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5:1Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5:1Creating a Material Control File . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5:1File Format . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5:1Overall File Structure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5:2Material Control File Record Identification Numbers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5:3Individual Formats for Each Type of Information Record . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5:3
12.0v
ISODRAFT Reference Manual
Example of a Material Control File Output. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5:9
Error Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .A:1
Examples of Isometric Plots . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .B:1
Transferring Data to the COMPIPE Module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .C:1Invoking the COMPIPE Interface in ISODRAFT. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .C:1Controlling the Contents of the COMPIPE Files . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .C:1Pipe Attributes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .C:2Detail Text Attributes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .C:2Limitations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .C:2Itemcodes containing the / character . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C:2Instruments and Supports Tag Names. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C:3Material per Isometric Sheet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C:3Specification Breaks. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C:3System and Spool Isometrics. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C:3Use of MARK REV, MARK DETAIL, REPEATABILITY ON. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C:3
Format of COMPIPE Linelist File . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .C:4Format of COMPIPE MTO FIle. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .C:5
Recommendations for Importing DXF files from ISODRAFT into MicroStation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .D:1Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .D:1Importing a DXF File . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .D:1Fonts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .D:1Installing Fonts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D:1Utilities/Install Fonts menu. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D:2
DXF/DGN translation: Making Fonts Active for the Import Function . . . . . . . .D:2Compilation of the DXF/DGN Macro Control File . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .D:2Use of 16-bit Fonts (Far Eastern Fonts) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .D:3Colour . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .D:3Plotting the DGN file . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .D:4
12.0vi
ISODRAFT Reference ManualIntroduction to this Manual
1 Introduction to this Manual
This document is a Reference Manual for ISODRAFT. It describes all the commandsavailable to control the production of isometric drawings. It also shows the default SymbolKEYs (SKEYs) that are used to plot the drawings and gives examples of PLOT files.
1.1 Who Should Use This ManualThis manual is aimed at experienced PDMS users and system administrators, who areresponsible for setting company standards for isometric production. It is assumed readershave attended an ‘Isometric Drawing Production training course’, which covers therelationship between the Catalogue database and ISODRAFT as well as ISODRAFT itself.
1.2 How this Manual is OrganisedThis manual is divided up into a number of logical chapters, as follows:
Command Reference Section - gives reference information for all of the ISODRAFTcommands.
Symbol Keys - illustrates the standard symbols used in ISODRAFT drawings, with theirreference codes (SKEYs), dimension and cataloguing requirements.
Alternative Texts - provides a complete listing of all standard text phrases used inISODRAFT drawings, with their reference codes (Alternative text or ATEXT numbers).
Material Control File - describes the Material Control File which can be used to pass detailsof material requirements to an external material control program.
Error Messages - explains the error messages which may be output during an ISODRAFTsession.
Examples of Isometric Plots - contains examples of isometric plots illustrating the mainfacilities provided by ISODRAFT.
Transferring Data to the COMPIPE Module - gives details of how to pass ISODRAFTmaterial data to the COMPIPE module of the COMDACE system. This is specialistinformation and need only be read by those users who will use this facility.
Recommendations for Importing DXF files from ISODRAFT into MicroStation - gives detailsof how to import ISODRAFT Isometric drawings into MicroStation as DXF files and thencorrect any colour and font errors that may occur.
12.0 1:1
ISODRAFT Reference ManualIntroduction to this Manual
1.3 Conventions Used in This ManualCommands are shown in a combination of uppercase and lowercase letters. In general,these commands can be abbreviated. When a command is shown in this manual, the capitalletters of the command indicate the minimum abbreviation.
Note: This convention does not mean that you have to type the second part of thecommand in lowercase letters. You can enter commands in any combination ofuppercase and lowercase letters.
For example, you can enter the command Check in any of the following forms:
CHCHECHECCHECK
You cannot abbreviate commands shown wholly in uppercase letters.
Lowercase italics describe command arguments. You should replace the descriptionshown by the text or value you require. Here are some examples:
Name Definition Example
name A PDMS element name /PIPE-A63
refno A PDMS reference number =23/1403
integer A positive integer 3
value A positive or negative number 3.142
word A sequence of up to four letters FLOW
text An alphanumeric string ’Enclose between closing quotes’
filename The path name of a file //net/sg99/testing. Note that when afull path name is given, it will start withtwo slashes: the first one is neededbecause all names in PDMS muststart with a slash, and the second oneis the root of the path name.
12.0 1:2
ISODRAFT Reference ManualCommand Reference Section
2 Command Reference Section
2.1 Conventions Used in the Syntax GraphsThe commands described in this chapter are presented in the form of syntax graphs.
• Commands are shown in a combination of uppercase and lowercase letters, wherethe capital letters indicate the minimum abbreviation.
Note: This convention does not mean that the second part of the command must be typedin lowercase letters; commands may be entered in any combination of uppercaseand lowercase letters.
• For example, the command:
Create
• can be input in any of the following forms:
CRCRECREACREATCREATE
• Commands shown in all uppercase letters cannot be abbreviated.• Command arguments are shown in lowercase letters. These are just descriptions of
what you need to enter. For example:
FONTDirectory name
• means that to set the name of the Font Directory to newfonts, you enter
FONTD newfonts
• Syntax graphs are read from top left to bottom right. The start point is shown by >, andyou can follow any path through the graph until the exit point, shown by >, is reached.
• Points marked with a plus sign (+) are option junctions which allow you to input anyone of the commands to the right of the junction. For example:
>---+--- ABC ---.| ||--- PQR --- || |‘------------+->
• means you can type in ABC or PQR or just press Enter to get the default option.• Text in angle brackets <. . . > is the name of another syntax graph. This convention is
used for syntax which occurs in many places. The graphs referred to are described atthe end of this section. For example:
12.02:1
ISODRAFT Reference ManualCommand Reference Section
>---+--- ABC -----.| ||--- PQR -----|| ||--- <dia> ---|| |‘-------------+--->
• means you can type in ABC or PQR or any command allowed by the syntax given indiagram <dia> or just press Enter to get the default option.
• Points marked with an asterisk (*) are loop back junctions. Command optionsfollowing these may be repeated as required. For example:
.-----<-------. / |
>---*--- option1 ---|| ||--- option2 ---|| |‘--- option3 ---+--->
• means that you can enter any combination of option1 and/or option2 and/or option3,where the options can be commands, other syntax diagrams, or command arguments.
• The simplified format .----<------. / |
>---*--- name ----+--->
• means that you may type in a list of PDMS names, separated by at least one space.• Names in lowercase letters enclosed in angled brackets (e.g. <gid>) represent
subsidiary syntax diagrams. Most of the subsidiary syntax diagrams are given in theSoftware Customisation Guide. The only ones used in this manual are <gid> and<uval>.
• In ISODRAFT, the <gid> syntax has the restricted range of options shown here.>---+--- name ----.
| |‘--- refno ---+--->
• The full range of options for <gid> are shown in the Command Reference Section ofthe Software Customisation Guide. They apply only to database navigation operations.
• <uval> is used to enter a dimension using a unit of measurement which is not thecurrent default unit:>---+-- value -----.
| |‘-- <expres> --+-- EXponential -- value --.
| |‘--------------------------+--- MM -------.
| ||--- Metres ---|| ||--- INches ---|| ||--- FT -------|| ||--- FEet -----|| ||--- text -----|
12.02:2
ISODRAFT Reference ManualCommand Reference Section
| |‘--------------+-->
• where <expres> is another subsidiary diagram representing the range of mathematicalexpressions which can be used to input values, and text represents a user-defined unitof measurement. Using expressions in PDMS is described in the SoftwareCustomisation Guide.
• For example:
9.75 INCH 1.5 FT
Note: For information about the syntax for PML, the PDMS Programmable MacroLanguage, and the PDMS forms and menus, see the Software Customisation Guide.
2.2 Command SummaryThe following sections list the MODULE commands in functional groups. These sectionscorrespond to Chapters 2 to 9 in the ISODRAFT User Guide.
2.2.1 Setting Up ISODRAFT
COMMAND Brief description
ADD Adds named elements to the list of elements to be processedby the CHECK or DETAIL command.
CHANGEHIGHLIGHTING
Represents changed items on a drawing in a different colourpen.
CHECK Extracts isometric data from the database but does not pass itto the plotting function. This is used to check the data orcreate a transfer file.
DELETE Deletes an SKEY definition from a symbol library.
DETAIL Generates and plots isometric drawings for the elements inthe list.
FILE Specifies the name of the PLOT file to which the isometricdrawing output is sent.
INSTALLSETUP Restores the settings to those saved in the macro or binary fileusing the RECREATE command.
MESSAGEFILENAME Specifies the name of the file to which messages about theprogress of the detailing are sent.
OPTIONS Allows you to reset all options to their default settings.
POSTPROCESS Lets you specify up to five system commands which are to beexecuted during ISODRAFT’s intermediate transfer fileprocessing.
PROCESS Instructs ISODRAFT to process a transfer file.
12.02:3
ISODRAFT Reference ManualCommand Reference Section
2.2.2 Bolting
2.2.3 DESIGN Requirements
Query Allows you to find the current settings of the options.
RECREATE Creates a macro or binary file which can be read intoISODRAFT to restore the current settings.
REMOVE Removes elements from the list to be detailed.
SETCOMPDATE Sets the Comparison Date for an MDB or DB.
SYMBOLFILENAME Specifies the name of a symbol library.
TRANSFERFILENAME Allows you to save a transfer file generated duringISODRAFT’S data extraction operations, for subsequentprocessing.
COMMAND Brief description
COMMAND Brief description
BOLTFILE Specifies the name of the bolt report file, produced using theBOLTREPORT command.
BOLTING Specifies where and how the bolt lengths are to be shown in thematerial list.
BOLTREPORT Allows you to output a report on the bolting containing identicalinformation to that displayed in the material list.
COMMAND Brief description
JOINTNUMBERS Allows you to display the joint numberscreated in SPOOLER on the isometric.
MATERIAL LIST PARTNUMBERSFROMDB
Allows you to select whether to use the partnumbers created by SPOOLER.
PBENDNUMBERS Allows you to display the pulled bendnumbers created in SPOOLER on theisometric.
SPOOLNUMBERS FROMDB Lets you specify whether to use the numberscreated by SPOOLER or let ISODRAFTnumber the spools itself.
WELDNUMBERS FROMDB Lets you decide whether to use the numberscreated by SPOOLER or let ISODRAFTnumber the spools itself.
12.02:4
ISODRAFT Reference ManualCommand Reference Section
2.2.4 Piping Components in ISODRAFT
2.2.5 Customising the Drawing Sheet
COMMAND Brief description
CUTBACK To make sure there is sufficient length between apulled bend and the end of the pipe to be gripped bythe bending machine and that a pipe with a threadedend is long enough to be gripped by the threading,machine.
LOOSEFLANGEALLOWANCE Allows you to specify an additional length on cut tubeto compensate for field-fitted welds and loose flanges,where the ALLO attribute has not been set.
COMMAND Brief description
ATEXT Allows you to change the standard text on isometricdrawings.
CUTMARKS Draws cut marks at each corner of the overalldrawing sheet.
DATE Allows you to specify the format for showing the datein the drawing’s title block.
DISTANCES Allows you to specify the units to be used for input oflengths and distances.
FRAME Specifies whether or not drawing frame lines and textare drawn.
ISO Defines the view direction to be used for generatingthe isometric plot.
ISOTYPE Defines whether the isometric will show fabricationinformation, erection information or both.
MARGIN Specifies the width of the margin on each side of thedrawing.
MARK Allows you to define whether the pipe revisionattribute (REV) should be incremented and theBranch detail attribute should be set to true aftersuccessful detailing.
PLOTDETAILDATA Allows you to define whether and how to displayparameterised attribute data in the detail PLOT files.
PLOTTINGSCALE Defines the scale of the plot independently of thedrawing sheet size.
12.02:5
ISODRAFT Reference ManualCommand Reference Section
2.2.6 Materials List and Reports
POSITION Allows you to create tables of standard textannotations or pipe attributes.
PROJECTNUMBER Writes the project number into the title block area.
RESERVE Allows you to specify a blank area at the bottom ofeither the drawing or material list areas.
SIZE Specifies the overall dimensions of the drawingsheet.
STACKINGARRANGEMENT Allows you to define how to position multiple plots ona single sheet.
TEXTPOSITION Allows you to create tables of standard textannotations or pipe attributes.
TITLEBLOCK Allows you to add extra text to the title block.
UNDERLAYPLOTNAME Allows you to define a background PLOT file; lettingyou plot directly on top of this background plot.
COMMAND Brief description
COMMAND Brief description
ATTEXTS Defines selection rules and expressions (typicallyattribute values) for appending attached text todescriptions in material lists.
CLLENGTHFILE Specifies that a pipe centreline length summary, with orwithout an insulation centreline summary, should beoutput as a report.
CUTPIPELISTFILE Produces a customisable report giving details of all cutpipes in the isometric.
CUTTINGLIST Defines a table in the material list showing details of allthe cut pipes in the isometric.
DELIMITER Specifies which character ISODRAFT recognises asthe itemcode suffix delimiter.
DTEXTS Controls the material description part of the itemdescription.
EQUIPMENTNUMBERING Controls numbering of items on materials list for anequipment trim isometric.
INSTNAME Allows you to define how instruments are described inthe materials list.
ITEMCODE (1) Allows you to label certain types of fitting with theiritemcodes on the isometric drawing.
12.02:6
ISODRAFT Reference ManualCommand Reference Section
2.2.7 Isometric Drawing
ITEMCODE (2) Specifies whether or not specification names are to beincluded in material list itemcodes, and whether itemswhich have the same itemcode except for thespecification name and suffix are treated as the sameitem.
KEYS Allows components with specified SKEYs to be treatedlike instruments.
MATCONTROL Creates a material control file.
MATERIALLIST Allows you to control whether the material list is drawnon the isometric and alter the display format if required.
MATLISTFILENAME Specifies the name of the file into which the materialslist can be saved.
MTEXTS Controls the complete material description part of theitem description.
SUPPORTFILENAME Specifies the name of a file into which the schedule forpipe supports is saved.
WASTAGEAREA Defines wastage areas that can be given differentwastage factors for cut pipe lengths.
COMMAND Brief description
COMMAND Brief description
ANGLEACCURACY Allows you to specify the degree of accuracy for thereporting of angles.
ATTANAME Specifies the ways in which support ATTAs are identified.
AXES Specifies the coordinate system to be used for showing3D positions on drawings.
BENDRADIUS Specifies when radii of pulled bends will be shown and inwhat units.
CHARHEIGHT Specifies the character height to be used for annotatingtext on drawings.
CONTINUATIONSYMBOLS Plots continuation symbols where pipes are connected tonozzles on Plant equipment.
CONTNOTES Specifies continuation notes at the end points ondrawings for when the connection goes to anotherisometric.
12.02:7
ISODRAFT Reference ManualCommand Reference Section
CONTSHEETS Allows you to specify that the sheet number of thecontinuation sheets be shown
CONTWELDS Allows you to plot welds on the current isometric that areto belong to another drawing.
COORDINATES Specifies the drawing locations at which spatialcoordinates are shown.
DIMDIST Specifies the ‘standout’ distance, between dimensioninglines and pipe/ component centrelines.
DIMENSIONS Specifies dimensioning style.
ELEVATION Specifies whether or not elevation coordinates are to beshown.
FALLINGLINES Defines the maximum rate of fall allowed in a pipelinebefore it is shown as a skew.
FALLSKEWS Controls how dimensioning boxes for skewed/fallingpipelines are shown.
FLOWARROWS Allows flow arrows to be shown on isometric plots.
INSULATIONCONTROL Specifies whether or not insulation is to be plotted.
LEGLENGTH Allows you to specify the plotted leg length of elbows,tees and crosses.
LINETHICKNESS Allows you to control (optionally) the thickness of lineused to represent piping.
MESSAGEACCURACY Controls how arrowed messages on the isometric arepositioned.
OUTCOM Defines the style in which attributes are shown on theisometric drawing area.
OVERALLSKEWS Allows you to specify whether triangular skewboxes areshown as overall skewboxes across branches, or asseparate skewboxes between branch connections.
PICTURESCALE Allows you to set the scale of the isometric drawing.
PRECISION Sets bore dimensions to be nominal or actual.
REFDIMENSIONS Switches the display of reference dimensions on and off.
REPEATABILITY Creates split ATTAs at automatically generated splitpoints.
SKEWBOX Controls how skewed piping is shown.
COMMAND Brief description
12.02:8
ISODRAFT Reference ManualCommand Reference Section
SPECBREAK Specifies the level at which a change of pipelinespecification is noted, and which changes are shown.
SPLIT Controls the number of drawing sheets used when apipeline is split over more than one sheet.
SUPPORTS Defines whether support positions are shown and aredimensioned as overall or string dimensions.
TAGGING Allows you to identify individual components on theisometric plot by means of name tags.
TAPPING Sets the scale of the tapping leg and switches tapping legdimensions and coordinates on and off.
TOLERANCE Specifies the maximum misalignment betweencomponents regarded as having the same axis.
TRACINGCONTROL Specifies whether or not tracing is to be plotted.
TRUNCATE Stops rounding remainders of dimensions being added tothe next dimension.
TUBESPLITS Controls how splits in tube are placed.
UNITS Specifies units of measurement to be used forISODRAFT’s output.
WELDANGLES Allows configuration in which one pipe is welded toanother pipe or component such that the flow directionsof the two objects are non-parallel.
WELDID Allows you to identify individual welds on the isometric byname.
WELDNUMBERS Controls numbering the welds on an isometric.
WELDTYPE Controls which types of end connection are shown ondrawings.
ZEROLENGTH-SKEWS Allows you to connect a vertical Branch to a falling line.
COMMAND Brief description
12.02:9
ISODRAFT Reference ManualCommand Reference Section
2.3 Alphabetical Command Reference
2.3.1 ADD
Function: Adds named elements to the list of elements to be processed bythe next CHECK or DETAIL command.
Description: The elements to be checked or detailed by ISODRAFT can bedefined before giving a CHECK or DETAIL command by settingup a Detail List. You add elements to the list using the ADDcommand and remove them using the REMOVE command.(The REMOVE command is often used to remove members ofan owning element such as Site or Zone which have beenadded.) The next CHECK ALL or DETAIL ALL command willthen process all the elements in the Detail List.
If a Pipe is detailed with repeatability on, split points can bestored in the DESIGN database. As such, individual sheets canbe added to the Detail List. See the REPEATABILITY command.
Examples: ADD /ZONE2 /PIPE3-2
Adds Zone 2 and PIPE3-2 to the Detail List.
ADD SHEE 2 /PIPE-2
Adds sheet 2 of PIPE-2 to the Detail List.
ADD SHEE SING /PIPE2
Adds /PIPE-2 to the Detail List, and specifies that theisometric will be plotted on a single sheet
ADD SPOO 2 /PIPE-4
Adds spool 2 of /PIPE-4 to the Detail List.
ADD SPOO 2 OF 3 /PIPE-4
Adds spool 2 of sheet 3 of /PIPE-4 to the Detail List. Thisform of the command can only be used in conjunction withSPOOLNUMBERS PERDRAWING.
ADD SPOO ‘SPOO20’ /PIPE-5
Adds the spool identified by the text SPOO20 of /PIPE-5 tothe Detail List
Related Commands:
REMOVE CHECK DETAIL REPEATABILITY
12.02:10
ISODRAFT Reference ManualCommand Reference Section
2.3.2 ANGLEACCURACY
Command Syntax:
.----<---------------------------------------------./ |
>- ADD --*-- <gid> -------------------------------------------|| ||-- SHEETNumber --+-- integer --. || | | || '-- SINGle ---+------------. || | |‘-- SPOOl ---+-- integer --.-- OF integer --| |
| | | || '-----------------| || | |‘-- text -----------------------+-<gid>-+->
Restrictions: The maximum number of element identifiers allowed in an AddList is 100.
The maximum number of items for any single pipe (sheets orspools) is 20. You can only add sheets for a Pipe which haspreviously been detailed with REPEATABILITY on, so that splitpoints have been stored in the DESIGN database. See theREPEATABILITY command.
Querying: Q DETaillist
Lists contents of both Add andRemove lists.
Function: Allows you to specify the degree of accuracy for the reportingof angles on the isometric.
Description: For bend and elbow angles, and orientation angles for tees,valve and instrument spindles, you can vary the accuracywith which ISODRAFT reports the angle on the isometric.
You can use one of two settings:
0 To the nearest 0.1 degree (default)
1 To the nearest 0.01 degree
Examples: ANGLEACC 1
Sets angle reporting accuracy to the nearest 0.01degree.
Related Commands: FALLINGLINES
Command Syntax: >--- ANGLEACCuracy value --->
where value is either 0 or 1 (as described above).
12.02:11
ISODRAFT Reference ManualCommand Reference Section
2.3.3 ATEXT
Function: Allows you to change standard text on isometric drawings.
Description: Each standard annotation text on an ISODRAFT drawing isidentified by a unique code number, known as its Atext(Alternative Text) number. The ATEXT command allows youto change the text characters associated with a particularAtext number, so that your text replaces the standard text atthe same place on the drawing.
Alternative text should contain only standard ISODRAFTcharacters, since certain keyboard symbols cannot bereproduced by ISODRAFT. The normal character set forISODRAFT consists of:
The letters A to Z inclusive The letters a to z inclusiveThe numbers 0 to 9 inclusive The space character + - * . , [ ] ( ) : # ’ = |
Text can be deleted by redefining it as a null string, that is, theAtext number followed by two quotes with no charactersbetween them.
Text is reset to the standard by giving the command ATEXTjust followed by the Atext number.
See Alternative Texts for a list of all standard Atexts with theircorresponding Atext numbers.
Examples: ATEXT 15 ’STRAIGHT TUBE’
Sets Atext 15 to the specified wording.
ATEXT 15
Resets Atext 15 to its default wording, ’STRAIGHTPIPE’.
ATEXT 410 ’’
Deletes Atext number 410, the line summary note.
Command Syntax: >-- ATExt -- atextnumber --+-- newtext --.| |‘-------------+-->
where atextnumber identifies the text to be changed andnewtext defines the new text to be associated with that Atextnumber.
Note: newtext must be enclosed between quotes in theusual way.
12.02:12
ISODRAFT Reference ManualCommand Reference Section
2.3.4 ATTEXTS
Querying: Q ---- ATExt ---+--- integer --------.| ||--- DRAWing --------|| ||--- TITLeblock -----|| ||--- PRINtedmatl ----|| ||--- PLOTtedmatl ----|| ||--- LINEsummary ----|| ||--- WELDbox --------|| ||--- BOLTreport -----|| ||--- BENDtable ------|| |‘--- ALL ------------+--->
Q ATEXT 15 Gives current text for Atext 15.
Q ATEXT DRAW
Gives current text for all Atexts associatedwith the drawing area. Alternative Textslists Atexts grouped under the areas withwhich they are associated. Settingschanged from the default are shown byasterisks *.
Q ATEXT ALL Gives current text for all Atexts. Settingschanged from the default are shown byasterisks *.
Function: Allows you to append text, typically UDA and/or otherattribute settings, to descriptions in material lists.
Description: Standard descriptions in material lists comprise a geometricdescription (RTEX attribute of DTEXT) and a materialdescription (XTEX attribute of MTEXT). This command letsyou append further text defined by an expression (typicallyincluding settings of UDAs or other attributes) if apredefined selection rule gives a True result.
12.02:13
ISODRAFT Reference ManualCommand Reference Section
2.3.5 ATTANAME
Examples: ATTEX (Flange '+AFTER (NAME,'/')+' at position '+STR(POS)+' has 'STR (NWELDS)+' additional welds') ON allflange with (NWELDS GT 0)
If a flange has additional welds, appends the text 'Flange /name at position, position has number additional welds' tothe item description in the material list.
ATTEX (Colour: ' + :Colour) ON ALL BRANCH MEMBERS
Appends the text 'Colour: colour_defined_by_UDA_:Colour' to the descriptions of all branch members.
Command Syntax: >- ATTEXts -+- expression - ON - selection_rule -.| |‘- NONE -----------------------------+-->
where expression defines the text to be appended ifselection_rule evaluates to a True result.
Function: Specifies the ways in which support ATTAs are identified onISODRAFT drawings.
Description: By default, the names of support attachment points (that is,all ATTAs for which the ATTY attribute is unset) are notshown on the isometric plot and their SPREFs(specification references) are used as their itemcodes.
You can use the ATTANAME command to display thePDMS names of support ATTAs on the drawings, and tospecify whether their PDMS names or their SPREFs areused as their itemcodes.
By default, ATTA names are not shown on the isometric plotand their SPREFs are used as their itemcodes.
Examples: ATTANAME DRAWING
Support ATTAs identified by name on the drawing;SPREFs used as itemcodes.
ATTANAME SPREF
Support ATTAs identified by name on the drawing;names also used as itemcodes.
ATTANAME OFF
ATTA names not shown on drawings; SPREFs usedas itemcodes.
12.02:14
ISODRAFT Reference ManualCommand Reference Section
2.3.6 AXES
Note: To minimise inaccuracies when performing calculations using very large coordinates,ISODRAFT performs all its calculations relative to the origin of the Zone that ownsthe first Branch in the detail list. Thus when creating piping a great distance from theWorld origin, it is beneficial to move the Zone origin first, to a position local to wherethe piping will be created. (If the Zone origin is at the World origin, no benefit will begained by this approach.)
Command Syntax: >--- ATTAName ---+--- DRAwing ---.| ||--- SPREf -----|| |‘--- OFF* ------+--->
Querying: Q ATTANameQ OPTions
Function: Specifies the coordinate system to be used for showing 3Dpositions on drawings.
Description: By default, all spatial coordinates on isometrics are given inthe World coordinate system. The AXES command allowsyou to specify a different coordinate system for theisometric. You can use the origin of any database elementwhich has an origin.
Each owning element (Site, Zone etc.) in a design projecthas its own coordinate system for locating the elements itowns. The coordinates of an element are usually definedwith respect to its owner, and these coordinates are notnormally the same as World coordinates.
Examples: AXES /SITE_PIPE-2
All coordinates to be referred to the origin of siteSITE_PIPE-2.
AXES WORLD
Resets to the default of the World coordinates.
Command Syntax: >--- AXES --- <gid> --->
Querying: Q AXESQ OPTions
12.02:15
ISODRAFT Reference ManualCommand Reference Section
2.3.7 BENDRADIUS
Function: Specifies when radii of pulled bends will be shown on drawings andin what units.
Description: By default, bend radii will be output in distance units for all pulledbends, that is for all components with SKEYs beginning with PB.The radii of pulled bends are extracted from their RADI attributes. Ifthe RADI attribute is set to zero and the SKEY is of the formatPBnD where n is an integer (e.g. PB5D), then the integer will beextracted, multiplied by the pipe diameter, converted to distanceunits if appropriate, and output as the bend radius.
Bend radii can be shown either in distance units or as multiples ofpipe diameters (where pipe diameter is taken as the nominal boreof the pipe). The Atexts associated with the output of bend radii areAtext 337, ‘D BEND RADIUS’ (for bend radii in multiples of pipediameters), and Atext 338, ‘BEND RADIUS’ (for bend radii indistance units). Setting either of these to be blank causes the entiremessage to be suppressed, including the actual radius value.
A standard radius for bends can be set using the BENDRADIUSSTANDARD command. If a standard radius is set, only bends whichhave radii different from the standard radius will have their radiishown individually. Both the standard radius and any individual radiiwill be shown in the same format (i.e. in distance units or in pipediameters).
A note giving the value of the standard radius can be positioned onthe sheet using the POSITION command. The usual method is toplot a suitable message, such as:
All pulled bends to be D unless otherwise shown
as part of an underlay (see the UNDERLAYPLOTFILE command).Then use the POSITION command to create text giving the actualradius value in the space immediately before the D.
You can also include a table of bending data on the isometric usingthe POSITION command (see POSITION BENDTABLE commandfor more details).
Examples: BENDRAD DEFAULTBENDRAD
All bend radii to be shown in current distance units (nostandard value).
BENDRAD STAND 200
Bend radii to be shown in mm, but only if not equal to 200mm(assumes current distance units are mm).
BENDRAD DIAM
Bend radii to be shown as multiples of pipe diameters.
12.02:16
ISODRAFT Reference ManualCommand Reference Section
2.3.8 BOLTFILE
BENDRAD STAND 5 DIAM
Bend radii to be shown as multiples of pipe diameters, butonly if they do not equal 5 diameters.
BENDRAD OFF
No bend radii to be shown on the drawing.
BENDRADIUS STANDARD 5DPOSI BENDRADIUS AT X200 Y50Standard bend radius note output at specified position. Only non-standard radii output on isometric. Both standard note and non-standard radii output in multiples of pipe diameter.
BENDRAD STAN 1000POSI BENDRAD AT X200 Y50
Standard bend radius note output at specified position. Onlynon-standard radii output on isometric. Both standard noteand non-standard radii output in current distance units (mm orinch).
Command Syntax: >-- BENDRADius --+-- DEFault -----------------------------.| ||-- STANdard -- value --. || | ||-----------------------+-- Diameters ---|| | || '----------------|‘-- OFF ---------------------------------+->
Querying: Q BENDRADiusQ OPTions
Function: This specifies the name of the bolt report file produced via theBOLTREPORT command.
Description: The bolt report file is an ASCII file. You can specify a page lengthfor the file (with a default of 55 lines), and whether the reportshould append to an existing file (default) or overwrite an existingfile.
Examples: BOLTF /BOLTREP1
Gives the resulting bolt report file the name BOLTREP1. If this filealready exists, the information produced from the BOLTREPORTcommand will be added to the end of the existing file.
BOLTF /BOLTREP1 OVER
Specifies that the bolt report file should overwrite ANY existing fileof the same name.
BOLTF /BOLTREP1 WI 70 LI
Specifies that the bolt report file name is BOLTREP1 and that ithas a page length of 70 lines.
12.02:17
ISODRAFT Reference ManualCommand Reference Section
2.3.9 BOLTING
Related Commands: BOLTING BOLTREPORT MATERIALLIST
Command Syntax: >-----BOLTFile filename ---+---OVERwrite--------.| |‘--WIth value LInes -+--->
Function: Specifies where and how bolt lengths are to be shown in thematerial list.
Description: ISODRAFT calculates bolting requirements from the Cataloguebolt tables. Bolt lengths can be included in the itemcode or theitem description or both. If bolt lengths are to be included in theitemcodes, they can either be appended to the rest of the codeor they can be inserted in place of a specified text string.
By default, bolt lengths are included in the item descriptioncolumn of the material list and are appended to the itemcodes.
For the Material Control File, you can specify that the lengthsand diameters are both shown as metric, or both shown asimperial. Setting the Material Control file units changes the boltdimensioning units specified by the UNITS command; it sets aflag in the Material Control File (the ‘tens’ column of Word 2 ofRecord 60). This flag setting can be interpreted by anindependent material control program, which must provide itsown look-up tables of standard size conversions to give therequired dimensioning units.
You can set up the SPCOM name in the Specification to includetext which can then be replaced by the bolt lengths to form theitemcode.
Examples: BOLT LENG DESC ON
Bolt lengths shown in description column of material list.
BOLT LENG ITEMCODE INSERT AT ’Here’
Bolt lengths replace locating text ‘Here’ in the itemcode.
BOLT LENG DESC OFF ITEMCODE INSERT ’Here’
Bolt lengths omitted from description column, but insertedin itemcode column where shown by the ‘Here’ keyword.
BOLTing LENgth ITEMcode APPend
Adds the bolt length to the end of the itemcode.
12.02:18
ISODRAFT Reference ManualCommand Reference Section
BOLTing LENgth ITEMcode OFF
Bolt lengths not shown in itemcode.
BOLTING DEFAULT
Resets all bolting options to their default states, namely:
Lengths shown in descriptions.Lengths appended to itemcodes.Material control units flag set to metric lengths and imperialdiameters.
BOLTing OFFBolting information will not be shown on the material list.
Command Syntax:
>-BOLTing --+-- UNITs --+-- METImp* ---.| | || |-- METric ----|| | || |-- IMPerial --|| | || ‘-- DEFault ---+-------------------------------.| || .----------------------------------------. || / | ||-- LENgth --*-- DESCription --+-- ON* --. | || | | | | || | '-- OFF --+--------------| || | | || ‘-- ITEMcode --+-- OFF --------------------| || | | || |-- APPend* ----------------| || | | || ‘-- INSert -+- AT -. | || | | | || ‘------+- text -+--|| || ||-- DEFault --. || | |
‘-- OFF ------+--------------------------------------------+->
Querying: Q BOLTing Q OPTions
12.02:19
ISODRAFT Reference ManualCommand Reference Section
2.3.10 BOLTREPORT
Function: Allows you to output a bolt report containing equivalentinformation to that contained in the material list.
Description: BOLTREPORT generates a material list file relevant to bolting.You don‘t need to have all the piping geometry correct beforecreating a report, but you do have to have the pipes populatedwith flanges and flanged components.
Note: It is vital to have connectivity correct before generatingthe report to make sure that all pipes are fully scanned.
You can include positional information in the report, consistingof the centrelines of associated flanges in the coordinatesystem (as defined by the AXES command).
Note: Bolting reports can be produced even if you have turnedmaterial lists off (with the MATEriallist OFF command).
If you specify a filename for the report using the BOLTFILEcommand the information will be output to an ASCII file.Otherwise the report will be sent to your screen.
Finally, you should note that in the material list the bolt diameteris output in the units determined by the UNITS option, and thebolt length inserted in the itemcode and description is output inunits determined by the BOLTING UNITS option (this isbecause all items in the material list must take the samediameter units). The bolting report, however, does not have thisrestriction. That is, the units of the diameter of the bolt aredetermined by the BOLTING UNITS option.
The report will contain the following information:• Diameter in mm or inches (determined by the BOLTING
UNITS command)• Length in mm or inches (determined by the BOLTING
UNITS command)• Itemcode (format defined by options settings, not
truncated)• Description (unless MATERIALLIST NODESCRIPTIONS
has been set)• Position (if requested in the BOLTREPORT syntax)• Quantity for erection and/or quantity for fabrication
materials. The quantity will be summated if the diameter,length and itemcode are identical. Erection and fabricationquantities are summated separately.
Examples: BOLTR /PIPE-1
Outputs a bolting report for PIPE-1.
BOLTR ALL WITH POS
Outputs a bolting report for all pipes in the detail list,including positional information.
12.02:20
ISODRAFT Reference ManualCommand Reference Section
2.3.11 BORES
Related Commands: BOLTING BOLTFILE MATERIALLIST
Command Syntax: .---------<---------.| |
>-- BOLTReport --+---------+---- <gid> --------|| | |‘-- ALL --+-- WITH POSition --|
| |‘-------------------+-->
Function: Allows you to specify the units for input of pipe nominal bores.
Description: The default units for the input of dimensions (i.e. the units whichare assumed if you enter a dimension simply as a value) arenormally derived from the Catalogue. You may change thedefault units independently for input of pipe bores and/ordistances along pipelines or across components by using therelated BORES and DISTANCES commands.
Note: The UNITS command is used to set output units.
The current default units can be overridden for any item of input data by giving the units explicitly.
Examples: MM BORES
Input bores assumed to be in mm unless otherwisespecified.
INCH BORES
Input bores assumed to be in inches unless otherwisespecified.
FINCH BORES
Input bores assumed to be in feet and inches unlessotherwise specified (e.g. 1’3 represents 1ft 3in, 9represents 9in).
Related Commands: DISTANCES
Command Syntax: >---+--- MILlimetre ---.| ||--- MM -----------|| ||--- FInch --------|| |‘--- INch ---------+--- BOres -------.
| |‘--- DIstances ---+--->
Querying: Q UNIts
12.02:21
ISODRAFT Reference ManualCommand Reference Section
2.3.12 CHANGE HIGHLIGHTING
Function: Represents changed items on a drawing in a different colour.
Description: Change Highlighting enables you to set standards for howchanged items on drawings will be represented.
By default, Change Highlighting is OFF. If set ON, then allchanged components complying with the defined changehighlighting rules, will be shown in the specified highlight colour.A Change Rule applies to components only. For table entries,material list entries, annotations and dimensions; these willalways be drawn in the specified highlight colour if they havechanged. The default highlight colour is red. The user mayspecify one of 12 pen colours to represent the changed items.The integer associated with each colour is as follows: 1 = grey, 2= red, 3 = orange, 4 = yellow, 5 = green, 6 = cyan, 7 = blue, 8 =violet, 9 = brown, 10 = white, 11 = pink, 12 = mauve.
In order to determine which items have changed you mustspecify a Comparison Date, this determines the baseline in timefor the drawing. Any item that has changed since this baselinetime will then be subject to Change Highlighting. TheComparison Date is entered either as an actual date/time or asa Stamp. A Stamp is a way of referencing database(s) atspecified stages in a project. For more information on Stampsrefer to the Administrator Command Reference Manual and theAdministrator User Guide.
Examples: CHANGE HIGHLIGHTING ON
Turns the Change Highlighting function 'on'.
CHANGE HIGHLIGHTING OFF
Turns the Change Highlighting function 'off'.
CHANGE HIGHLIGHTING CLEAR
Removes all defined Change Highlighting rules.
CHANGE HIGHLIGHTING RULE ALL ELBO WITH (MODIFIED())
All modified elbows will be shown in the selected highlightpen colour.
CHANGE HIGHLIGHTING RULE ALL ELBO WITH (MODIFIED(POS))
All elbows whose position has been modified will beshown in the selected highlight pen colour.
12.02:22
ISODRAFT Reference ManualCommand Reference Section
2.3.13 CHARHEIGHT
CHANGE HIGHLIGHTING RULE ALL ELBO WITH(CREATED())
All newly created elbows will be shown in the selectedhighlight pen colour.
CHANGE HIGHLIGHTING COLOUR 8
Sets the Change Highlighting pen colour to violet.
Related Commands SETCOMPDATE
Command Syntax:
>--- CHANGE---|--- HIGHLIGHTING---+-- ON ---------------------. |-- OFF --------------------| |-- CLEAR ------------------| |-- COLOUR ----- integer ---| ‘-- RULE ----+-- UNSET -----|
‘-- <SELATT> --+--->
Querying: Q CHANGE HIGHLIGHTINGQ CHANGE HIGHLIGHTING MODEQ CHANGE HIGHLIGHTING COLOURQ CHANGE HIGHLIGHTING RULE
Function: Specifies the character height to be used for annotating text ondrawings.
Description: The CHARHeight command defines the height of charactersused on isometric drawings.
This command does not affect characters: on the material list,which are controlled by the MATERIALLIST CHARHeightcommand; weld numbers or characters in the title block andframe.
Example: CHARH 2.0 corresponds to 2.0mm
CHARH 0.125 INCH corresponds to 1/8 inch
Command Syntax: >--- CHARHeight - value ----->
Querying: Q CHARHeightQ OPTions
12.02:23
ISODRAFT Reference ManualCommand Reference Section
2.3.14 CHECK
Function: Creates a transfer file.
Description: The CHECK command extracts isometric data from the Designand Catalogue databases and creates a transfer file.
The extended CHECK AS ... option allows you to check acomplete system isometric with a single command.
The extended CHECK AS EQUIPMENT ... option allows you tocheck a collection of pipes as equipment trim.
If a Pipe is detailed with repeatability on, split points can bestored in the DESIGN database. In this case, individual sheetscan be added to the Detail List. See the REPEATABILITYcommand.
The capability to CHECK Pipe Spools (PSPOOLs) and PipeSpool Lists (PSLISTs) is available in ISODRAFT.
All of the functionality available to CHECK PIPEs andBRANCHes in earlier versions of Isodraft is now also availableto CHECK PSPOOLs and PSLISTs. Such PSPOOLs andPSLISTs are created in the Pipe Production Checks utility in theDesign module and, after their creation, they are visiblebeneath the owning pipe in the Design Explorer. Then they aresubsequently also visible in the Design Explorer in the Isodraftmodule. The PSPOOL or PSLIST may be made the CurrentElement (CE) and then CHECKed in the usual way.
A second way in which PSPOOLs and PSLISTs may beCHECKed is by making them members of the Detaillist. This isaccomplished using the usual ADD/REMOVE commands whichare already available for adding and removing Pipe and Branchelements of the Detaillist.
Examples: CHECK /SITE2-1 /PIPE-2-2-1
Checks named elements only.
CHECK ALL
Checks the current Detail List (see the ADD andREMOVE commands).
CHECK /SITE2-1 /SITE2-2 AS ’REFINER’Checks the two named sites and combines the plot information into a single system isometric with the drawing title ‘REFINER’.
CHECK SHEETN 2 /PIPE-2
Checks sheet 2 of PIPE-2.
CHECK SPOO 2 /PIPE-4
Checks spool 2 of PIPE-4.
12.02:24
ISODRAFT Reference ManualCommand Reference Section
CHECK SPOO 2 OF 3 /PIPE-4
Checks spool 2 of sheet 3 of /PIPE-4.
CHECK SPOO 2 OF 3 /PIPE-4
Checks spool 2 of sheet 3 of /PIPE-4.
CHECK ISO BASEFLOOR /SITE2-1 /PIPE2-2-1
Checks the named elements of drawing BASEFLOOR.
CHECK PSPOOL2 OF PSLIST1 OF PIPE /013-0001-A150-100
Checks a single PSPOOL.
CHECK PSLIST1 OF PIPE /011-0001-A150-100
Checks a PSPOOL list.
Related Commands: ADD DETAIL REMOVE SPOOLNUMBERS
Command Syntax:
.------------------------------------------.| |
>- CHeck -*- <gid> --------------------------------- || ||- ALL ------------------------------------|| ||- SHEETNumber -+- integer -. || | | || ‘- SINGle --+----. || | ||- SPOOl -+- integ -+- OF integ -| || | | | || | ‘-------------| || | | || ‘-- text --------------+- <gid> -+- AS -+- text-----------.| | | || ‘------+- EQUIpment text-|| |‘-- ISOdrawing - <gid> ---------------------------------------------+->
Restrictions: The maximum number of element identifiers allowed in aCHECK command is 100.
A maximum of 20 CHECK commands are allowed for a singlepipe (sheets or spools). The maximum number of items for anysingle pipe (sheets or spools) is 20. You can only check sheetsfor a Pipe which has previously been detailed with Repeatabilityon, so that split points have been stored in the DESIGNdatabase. See the REPEATABILITY command. Sheets andspools can be specified in the same command as normal pipes.
Querying: Q DETaillist Shows the current content of the Drawlist.
12.02:25
ISODRAFT Reference ManualCommand Reference Section
2.3.15 CLLENGTHFILE
Function: Specifies that a pipe centreline length summary, with or withoutan insulation centreline summary, should be output.
Description: ISODRAFT can produce two types of summary which can beoutput to file:
A pipe centreline length summary
A pipe plus insulation centreline length summary
Note: The materials list can also be output to a file using theMATLISTFILENAME command.
Examples: CLLE /FILE1
Produces a pipe centreline length summary only.
CLLE INSU /FILE1
Produces a pipe plus insulation centreline lengthsummary.
CLLE INSU /FILE1 OVER
Produces a pipe plus insulation centreline lengthsummary, overwriting contents of FILE1.
CLLE OFF
Suppresses any further generation of centreline summaryfiles. This is the default state.
Command Syntax:
>--- CLLEngthfile --+----------------.| ||-- INSUlation --+-- filename --+-- OVER ---.| | || ‘-----------|| ||----- OFF* --------------------------------|| |‘-------------------------------------------+--->
Restrictions: Note: That pipe and pipe plus insulation summaries cannotboth be produced in a single run. If either type of file isspecified, the other is suppressed automatically.
Querying: Q CLLENGTHFILE
12.02:26
ISODRAFT Reference ManualCommand Reference Section
2.3.16 CONTINUATIONSYMBOLS
2.3.17 CONTNOTES
Function: Plots continuation symbols where pipes are connected tonozzles on plant equipment.
Description: Dotted nozzles can be plotted on isometrics at points whereconnections are made to Plant equipment. This command canonly be used for combined or erection-only isometrics.
The default is that nozzles will not be plotted.
Examples: CONT NOZZles
Plots dotted nozzles.
CONT OFF
Switches dotted nozzle plotting off.
Command Syntax: >--- CONTinuationsymbols ---+--- NOZZles ---.| |‘--- OFF * -----+--->
Querying: Q CONTinuationsymbolsQ OPTIONS
Function: Specifies continuation notes at the end points on drawings forwhen the drawing continues onto another isometric (as opposedto when the drawing continues onto another sheet of the sameisometric).
Description: The note can include the name of the continuation pipe,drawing, or both, as defined by the SPOOLER module. If thetermination point on the current isometric is a weld, you caninclude a description of the connecting component or tube in thenotes.
Examples: CONTN PI
Continuation notes show pipe names only.
CONTN BO DESC ON
Continuation notes show both pipe and drawing names, and will include descriptions for welds of the connecting component.
Command Syntax: >- CONTNotes -+-- PIpe --.| ||-- DRwg --|| |‘-- BOth --+- DESCriptions -+-- ON ---.
| | || ‘-- OFF --|| |‘--------------------------+-->
12.02:27
ISODRAFT Reference ManualCommand Reference Section
2.3.18 CONTSHEETS
Function: Allows you to specify that the sheet number of the continuationsheets be shown.
Description: When an isometric continues onto another sheet theCONSHEETS commands specifies that the sheet number ofthe continuation sheet be shown at the sheet break.
Examples: CONTSHEETS ON
Continuation sheets numbers between sheets areswitched on.
CONTSHEETS OFF
Continuation sheets numbers between sheets aresuppressed.
An extra clause, ContUdefText (continuation user-defined text),is available to the CONTSHEETS command to specify thatfurther pipeline attribute or user-defined attribute (UDA)information may be shown as part of the continuation sheetinformation displayed at sheet breaks. The format of theconstructed text string is controlled by the User and maycontain arbitrary text and carriage returns:
CONTSHEETS ON ContUdefText 'LATTR1''arbtext1''LATTR2''arbtext2'''
where LATTR1 and LATTR2 are valid Pipeline attributes andarbtext1 and arbtext2 are two arbitrary text strings. The sheetnumber of the continuation sheet is automatically appended tothe user-specified string. Therefore, the example specifiedabove would output the string XXXXarbtext1YYYYarbtext2n forcontinuation sheet n where XXXX is the value of LATTR1 andYYYY is the value of LATTR2.
This may be accomplished automatically by a new text box onthe Annotation Options window. In the text box the User is ableto add something like:-
LATRR1'/'LATTR2'-'
where LATRR1 and LATTR2 are valid Pipeline attributes• This will generate XXXX/YYYY-n for sheet n where XXXX
is the value of LATTR1 and YYYY is the value of LATTR2.
A more concrete example of the use of the CONTNOTES,ContUdefText option (combined with the COORDINATESoption) is as follows. The specified options:
12.02:28
ISODRAFT Reference ManualCommand Reference Section
2.3.19 CONTWELDS
Coords ON AT SheetContSheets ON ContUdefText '''Name=''NAME''Type=''TYPE''&/Lock=''LOCK'' Owner=''OWNER'' PSPE=''PSPE'' pg'''
will display at the sheet break of an isometric:
E 12250N 13500EL +2735Name =100-C-10 Type=PIPELock= Owner=PIPES PSPE=A3B pg3
The COORDINATES option specifies the output of the first three lines. The user-defined text occupies the last two lines because a carriage return '&/' is specified. The value of the 'Lock' attribute is not output because, in this case, it is invalid. The continuation sheet page 3 specified indicates that this text would be expected to be located on sheet 2 of an isometric at the sheet break continuing onto sheet 3.
Note: The CONTSHEETS command must not be confusedwith the CONTNOTES command which specifiescontinuation notes at the end points on drawings whenthe connection goes to another isometric.
Note: A valid non-null string specified by the ContUdefTextoption will always be output at sheets breaks,irrespective of whether the CONTSHEETS option,specifying whether the continuation sheet number isdisplayed or not, is set to ON or OFF.
Command Syntax: >---CONTSheets---+--ON---.| |‘--OFF--+--->
Function: Allows you to plot welds on the current isometric that are tobelong to another drawing.
Description: When an isometric continues onto another sheet and theconnecting item is a weld, you can use the CONTWELDScommand to plot that weld on the current isometric.
When plotted on the current isometric, the continuing weld willbe given a letter identifier instead of a number identifier. Thistells you that the weld actually belongs to another drawing.
Examples: CONTW ON Switches continuation notes for welds on.
Command Syntax: >---CONTWelds---+--ON---.| |‘--OFF--+--->
12.02:29
ISODRAFT Reference ManualCommand Reference Section
2.3.20 COORDINATES or COORDS
Function: Specifies the drawing locations at which spatial coordinates areto be shown.
Description: Spatial coordinates are shown on the drawing, by default, at allpipe termination or connection points. You can stop coordinatesbeing plotted at specified types of location on the isometric.
Examples: COORDS OFF
No end coordinates will be shown.
COORDS ONCOORDS DEFAULT
All end coordinates will be shown.
COORDS ON AT PIPE NOZZ VENT
End coordinates will be shown only at pipe continuations,Nozzle connections and Vents.
COORDS ON AT MISCELLANEOUS
End coordinates will only be shown at end locations whichare not any of the following: Pipe, Nozzle, Open, Clos,Vent or Dran. For example, coordinates will be shown atan unconnected flange.
COORDS OFF AT VENT DRAN CLOS
Suppresses coordinates at the specified types ofcomponent. Coordinates will be plotted at all other types ofpipe termination or connection.
COORDS ON AT SHEET
Specify that spatial coordinates are to be shown at sheetbreak on the same isometric.
Related Commands:
ELEVATIONS
Command Syntax:
12.02:30
ISODRAFT Reference ManualCommand Reference Section
2.3.21 CUTBACK
>--+-- COORdinates --.| |‘-- COORDS --------+-- ON ---. .-----------------.
| | / ||-- OFF --+-- AT --*-- PIPE -----------|| | | || | |-- NOZZle ---------|| | | || | |-- OPEN -----------|| | | || | |-- CLOSe ----------|| | | || | |-- VENT -----------|| | | || | |-- DRAN -----------|| | | || | |-- SHEET ----------|| | | || | ‘-- MISCellaneous --|| | || ‘----------------------------|| |‘-- DEFault ---------------------------+-->
Querying: Q COORdinatesQ COORDSQ OPTions
Function: To make sure there is sufficient length between a pulled bendand the end of the pipe to be gripped by the bending machineand that a pipe with a threaded end is long enough to be grippedby the threading, machine.
Description: This command adds length to a cut pipe, where necessary, thatwill be cut back after the fabrication work is finished. Additionallength will be added to cut pipes where either:
·The length between a pulled bend and the end of the pipe isinsufficient to allow the bending machine to grip the pipe.
·The length of a pipe that is to have a threaded end is insufficientto be gripped by the threading machine.
The software checks the distance between the p-arrive or p-leave of the pulled bend and the start or end of the pipe (or thelength of the pipe to be threaded). If this is found to be less thanthe minimum grip length, the length of pipe required to give thislength is added to the total length of the cut pipe.
Note: If two adjacent bends are closer than the minimum griplength then a warning message is written into themessage file.
The ATEXTs 186 (CUT START) and 187 (CUT END) are outputto the remarks column of the ‘Cutting List’ on the isometric, or tothe ‘Special Req.’ column of the ‘Cut Pipe List File’, whenappropriate.
12.02:31
ISODRAFT Reference ManualCommand Reference Section
The minimum grip length required to handle these pipessuccessfully depends on a number of factors, such as: boresize; pipe material; type of machine; etc. To handle thesevarying factors PDMS rules are used.
Examples: CUTBack 150 ON ALL BEND WITH (SPREF EQ/name)
This associates the minimum grip length with cataloguedata.
CUTB 2 INCH ON ALL BENDS WITH (ABOR GE 100 AND ABOR LT 200)
This sets a minimum grip length of 2 inches for all bends inpipes with bores between 100 and 200mm.
CUTB 200 ON ALL BEND
This syntax can be used as the last rule or a catch all toensure that all bends have at least a 200mm grip length.
Note: At a bend ISODRAFT will use the first rule it finds forwhich the expression is TRUE, therefore the order of therules is important.
CUTBack 175 ON THREAD
This ensures that any cut pipe with a threaded end isalways at least 175mm in length.
Command Syntax:
>- CUTBack -+- value - ON -+- ALL BEND -+- WITH - (logical expression) -.| | | || | ‘-------------------------------|| | || ‘- THREADedends -----------------------------|| |‘- NONE* ---------------------------------------------------+->
value is the minimum grip length. It may be input in mm orinches.
logical expression may be any logical PML expression, from the‘PML 1 Expression Handler’. For more details refer to‘expressions’ in the on-line help. This syntax may be usedrepeatedly to build up an unlimited number of rules.
Querying: Q CUTBack
Outputs a list of defined cutback rules or ‘none’ if no rules aredefined.
Q CUTBack RULE COUNT
Outputs the number of cutback rules that have been defined.
QCUTBack RULE <int>
Outputs the rule identified by the <int> number.
12.02:32
ISODRAFT Reference ManualCommand Reference Section
2.3.22 CUTMARKS
Function: Draws cut marks at each corner of the overall sheet area.
Description: The CUTMARKS command draws right-angled cut marks ateach corner of the overall sheet area. When multiple plots aredefined on the same drawing sheet, cutting marks will besuperimposed. The default is CUTMARKS OFF
Figure 2:1. The location of cutting marks
Figure 2:2. Cutting marks on multiple plots
Examples: CUTMarks ONCUTMarks OFF
Command Syntax: >--- CUTMarks ---+--- ON -----.| |‘--- OFF* ---+--->
Querying: Q CUTMARKSQ OPTIONS
Cut MarksCut Marks
12.02:33
ISODRAFT Reference ManualCommand Reference Section
2.3.23 CUTPIPELISTFILE
Function: Outputs a cut pipe list to a file.
• Description: A cut pipe report can be output as a comma separated value(*.csv) file. The information normally output for a pipe is:
• Itemcode• Item description and specification• Bore• Cut length• Calculated length (ignoring end preparation allowances
etc.)• Special requirements (e.g. pulled bends, loose flanges,
etc.)• Cut piece number• Pipeline reference• Batch reference, i.e. the Zone name.• End preparations• Spool number
The dimensional units and date format used in the report can bedefined by using the UNITS and DATE commands.
The format of the report file can also be customised to show onlythe information you wish to see. This is done by defining aformat file, in comma separated value (*.csv) format, whichreads in the report file and lays it out to your specification. Theformat file must contain the following information:
• Flags to retain .csv file, create formatted report, createappware macro
• Flags to include Fortran carriage controls, paging, date• File header• File footer• Page length• Order of requested columns• Column titles• Column widths• Columns spacing
The format files can only be created using the appware byspecifying the layout in the isometric option files.
Examples: CUTPipelistfile /PIPELIST
This writes the list of cut pipes into a file named‘PIPELIST’, using the standard format.
12.02:34
ISODRAFT Reference ManualCommand Reference Section
2.3.24 CUTTINGLIST
CUTP /FILE1 OVER
Writes the cut pipe list to a file named FILE1, over writingthe existing contents of FILE1.
CUTP OFF
Cut pipe reports are not produced. This is the default.
CUTP /FILE4 OVER FORMATfilename /FORMAT1
Writes the cut pipe report to a file named FILE4 using theformatting information from file FORMAT1.
Command Syntax:
>- CUTPipelistfile -+- filename -+- OVERwrite --.| | || ‘--------------+- FORMATfilename - name -.| | || ‘-------------------------|| ||- OFF* ----------------------------------------------|| |‘-----------------------------------------------------+->
Querying: Q CUTPIPELISTFILEQ OPTIONS
Function: Adds a list of cut pipe lengths to the material list.
Description: The CUTTINGLIST command adds a list of cut pipe lengths tothe material list. Each separate pipe length is always identifiedby:
• Its cut piece number, enclosed in angled brackets; e.g. <1>.• The pipe bore.• The cut length in mm (e.g. 2219) or feet and inches (e.g.
7’2.5/8”) depending on the type of units selected (see theUNITS command).
For pulled bends, the length measured around the centre line ofthe tube will be included on the cutting list. The RADI attribute ofthe bend must be set.
A length which includes either a loose flange or a field-fit weldwill have a fitting allowance incorporated into the plotted length(see the LOOSEFLANGEALLOWANCE command).
• Any special requirements, such as a pulled bend; looseflange; a field-fit weld or cutback allowance, this will behighlighted in the remarks column.
12.02:35
ISODRAFT Reference ManualCommand Reference Section
Additionally you can add the following items to the table• Item code for that pipe.• The end preparations for the pipe, according to the
following list:PE• PlainBE• BevelledTH• ThreadedSC• ScrewedSA• Saddled end
Note: These codes are Atexts which can be changed.
Note: Where a pipeline is split over more than one drawing, thecut pipe list on each drawing contains only the pipelengths for that sheet. The default is that the numberingwill follow on from the last number on the precedingdrawing. The cut piece numbering sequence can berestarted from 1 on each continuation drawing by givingthe command CUTTinglist PERDrawing.
Examples: CUTTinglist ON ITEM OFF
This outputs the cut piece list in the material table andswitches the Item Codes OFF.
CUTT PERD ON
This sets the numbering to per drawing.
CUTT OFF
This switches the Cuttinglist off, but does not delete thecurrent settings.
CUTT ON
This switches the cutting list output ON, using the currentsettings.
Note: The default is Off.
CUTT ON PERD ON ITEM ON ENDP ON
This outputs the cut piece list in the material table withboth the Item Code and End Preparation columnsdisplayed, with numbering set to per drawing.
Command Syntax:
12.02:36
ISODRAFT Reference ManualCommand Reference Section
2.3.25 DATE
>- CUTTinglist -+- OFF* -+------------------------------------.| | |+- ON ---| || | .------------<------------. || |/ | | ‘--------*- PERDrawing ------+- ON --+ |
| | | || ‘- OFF -+ || | ||- ITEMcodes -------+- ON --+ || | | || ‘- OFF -+ || | ||- ENDpreparations -+- ON --+ || | | || ‘- OFF -' || |‘-------------------------------------+->
Querying: Q CUTTinglistQ OPTions
Function: Specifies the format for showing the date in the drawing’s titleblock.
Description: By default, the date is plotted according to the UK convention.This can be changed to the European or American format, orswitched off completely.
Examples: DATE UK Gives the United Kingdom format:18 OCT 1991
DATE EUR Gives the European format:18/10/1991
DATE USA Gives the United States format:10/18/1991
DATE OFF Switches the date off.
Command Syntax: >--- DATE ---+--- UK* ----.| ||--- EUR ----|| ||--- USA ----|| ||--- OFF ----|| |‘------------+--->
Querying: Q DATEQ OPTions
12.02:37
ISODRAFT Reference ManualCommand Reference Section
2.3.26 DELETE
2.3.27 DELIMITER
Function: Deletes an SKEY definition from a symbol library.
Description: There are two forms of the command, depending on whether theSKEY is a standard one or a user-defined one.
Examples: DELEte OLDKey ’keyname’
Deletes a standard SKEY definition.
DELEte NEWKey ’keyname’
Deletes a user-defined SKEY definition.
Related Commands:
SKEY
Command Syntax: >--- DELEte ---+--- OLDKey keyname ---. | | ‘--- NEWKey keyname ---+--->
Function: Specifies which character ISODRAFT recognises as theitemcode suffix delimiter.
Description: Identical components can be distinguished by having a suffixadded to their SPREFs. ISODRAFT normally removes suffixesfrom itemcodes in the material list by recognising the delimitercharacter which separates the suffix from the rest of the SPREF.
The default suffix code delimiter is the colon (:). A componentwith an SPREF of /A1A/TEE.50X50:X will normally appear onthe material list with the itemcode TEE.50X50.
Note: The specification name /A1A/ is also removedautomatically.
Examples: DELIMITERAT
Specifies @ symbol.
DELIMITERCOLON
Specifies : symbol.
DELIMITERPLUS
Specifies + symbol.
DELIMITERDOT
Specifies . symbol.
DELIMITERAND
Specifies & symbol.
12.02:38
ISODRAFT Reference ManualCommand Reference Section
2.3.28 DETAIL
Command Syntax: >--- DELImiter ---+--- ATsymbol -------.| ||--- COLONsymbol* ---|| ||--- PLUSsymbol -----|| ||--- DOTsymbol ------|| |‘--- ANDsymbol ------+--->
Querying: Q DELImiterQ OPTions
Function: Generates and plots isometric drawings and material lists.
Description: The DETAIL command followed by one or more elementidentifiers processes the elements given, and produces theisometric drawings and any other reports requested.
The default hierarchy level for plotting on a single isometricdrawing is: a Pipe from the DESIGN database or a spooldrawing from the Fabrication database. Branches or spools/fields can be plotted individually and system isometrics, from ahigher level in the database, can also be output.
More than one pipe or spool drawing can be specified in a singleDETAIL command. The pipes can be specified individually, as ahigh-level element or group, or as members of the Detail List(see the ADD and REMOVE commands).
If a Pipe is detailed with repeatability on, the split points andspool identifiers can be stored in the DESIGN database. In thiscase, individual sheets and spools can be added to the DetailList. See the REPEATABILITY command.
Note: If MARK DETAIL ON is set, the DETA attribute of a pipeis set to TRUE when it is detailed, ISODRAFT will notdetail the pipe again unless MARK IGNORE ON hasbeen specified.
The capability to DETAIL Pipe Spools (PSPOOLs) and PipeSpool Lists (PSLISTs) is available in Isodraft.
All of the functionality available to DETAIL PIPEs andBRANCHes in earlier versions of Isodraft is now also availableto DETAIL PSPOOLs and PSLISTs. Such PSPOOLs andPSLISTs are created in the Pipe Production Checks utility in theDesign module and, after their creation, they are visible beneaththe owning pipe in the Design Explorer. Then they aresubsequently also visible in the Design Explorer in the Isodraftmodule. The PSPOOL or PSLIST may be made the CurrentElement (CE) and then DETAILed in the usual way.
12.02:39
ISODRAFT Reference ManualCommand Reference Section
A second way in which PSPOOLs and PSLISTs may beDETAILed is by making them members of the Detaillist. This isaccomplished using the usual ADD/REMOVE commands whichare already available for adding and removing Pipe and Branchelements of the Detaillist.
System Isometrics
Normally, ISODRAFT processes each pipeline or spool drawingseparately. Pipes, or spool drawings, which are connected canbe detailed as a complete, named, system isometric. Forexample:
DETAIL CE AS ‘System Name’
Note: You cannot mix DESIGN and Fabrication databaseelements in the same system isometric.
The system name is plotted, by default, in the pipeline referencebox in the bottom right-hand corner of the drawing. Theindividual pipe names, along with their material and otherspecifications, are plotted at the change point.
If any specification is unchanged throughout the system, it willbe output in the title block in the same way as a normalisometric. If a system consists of only one pipe, its name will beadded to the title block.
The material control file and material list will be produced for thewhole system isometric. It is not possible to produce abreakdown of materials for an individual pipeline, nor will thematerial files include any pipeline header information.
Note: No information is written to the support file for a systemisometric.
Equipment Trims
Although unconnected items cannot be drawn automatically aspart of a system isometric, vessel or equipment trim drawingscomprising a drawing frame, user-positioned text and a materiallist can be produced for material take off using the DETAIL ASEQUIPMENT option. The graphical part of the drawing can thenbe added separately, e.g. as an underlay plot generated inDRAFT.
Groups of components such as blanking flanges, level gauges,relief valves, etc., can be modelled on the basis of one Pipe perNozzle, or per group of Nozzles if connected (such as a levelgauge piped between two Nozzles). Disconnected branches inthe same pipe on different nozzles cannot be grouped. Thecollection of pipes can then be detailed as equipment trim.
In the material list, equipment trim items will be grouped underheadings of the form
NOZZLE REF - A.
12.02:40
ISODRAFT Reference ManualCommand Reference Section
By default, item numbering for equipment trims in the materiallist will start at 1 for each Nozzle. To concatenate the lists so thatthe numbering is continuous throughout the sequence ofNozzles, use the EQUIPMENTNUMBERING command.
A split ATTA (that is, an ATTY set to SSSS) positioned at the Tailof an equipment trim Branch will cause a multiple sheet drawingto be produced. Such an ATTA should be positioned so that thesplit comes between two Nozzle groupings.
It is not possible to obtain a cut pipe list on an equipment trimisometric. Cut pipe lists have pointers to individual lengths onthe drawing and so, since equipment trim isometrics are formaterial take off only (with no drawing), a cut pipe list would notbe meaningful.
Examples: DETAIL /SITE2-1 /PIPE-2-2-1
Plots named elements only.
DETAIL ALL
Plots the current Detail List.
DETAIL /SITE2-1 /SITE2-2 AS ’REFINER’
Plots the two sites as a single system iso with the drawingtitle ‘REFINER’.
DETAIL SHEETN 2 /PIPE-2
Replots sheet 2 of PIPE-2.
Note: If a dimension is continued on another sheet, the othersheet will be replotted as well, so that the dimensioninginformation is correct.
DETAIL SHEETN SING /PIPE2
Replots the iso for /PIPE-2 on a single sheet
DETAIL /SPLDRG-2
Plots spool drawing 2 of the Fabrication database.
DETAIL PSPOOL2 OF PSLIST1 OF PIPE /013-0001-A150-100
Plots a single PSPOOL.
DETAIL PSLIST1 OF PIPE /011-0001-A150-100
Plots a PSPOOL list.
Related Commands:
ADD CHECK REMOVE SPOOLNUMBERS
Command Syntax:
12.02:41
ISODRAFT Reference ManualCommand Reference Section
2.3.29 DIMDIST
.--------------------------------------------. / |
>- DETail -*- <gid> --------------------------------------|| ||- ALL ----------------------------------------|| ||- SHEETNumber -+- integer -. || | | || ‘- SINGle --+-------. || | |‘- SPOOl -+- integer -+-OF integer -| |
| | | || ‘--------------| || | |‘- text -------------------+- <gid> -+- AS -- text ------.
| | |‘---------+- EQUIpment text --+->
Note: The ‘Spool’ branch in this syntax diagram refers only tospools from the DESIGN database, not Spool Drawingsfrom the SPOOLER module, which you plot using thenormal DETAIL command.
Restrictions: The maximum number of element identifiers allowed in aDETAIL command is 100.
A maximum of 20 DETAIL commands are allowed for a singlepipe (sheets or spools). The maximum number of items for anysingle pipe (sheets or spools) is 20. You can only add sheet andspools for a Pipe which has previously been detailed withRepeatability on, so that split points and spool identifiers havebeen stored in the DESIGN database. See the REPEATABILITYcommand. Normal pipes can be detailed alongside replots.
Querying: Q DEtaillist Shows the current content of the Draw List.
Function: Specifies distance between dimensioning lines and pipe/component centrelines on the isometric plot (standout distance).Normally used to avoid overplotting lines on a complexisometric.
Description: The default standout distances are: string dimensions 11mm;overall dimensions 16mm; support dimensions 6mm.
Note: These standout values may not be set to the same value.Also the skewbox standout distances for dimension linescannot be set to these values and vice versa.
Examples: DIMDIST STRING 15
Sets standout distance for string/composite dimensions to15mm.
DIMDIST STRING 0.5 INCH
Sets standout distance to 0.5 inch.
12.02:42
ISODRAFT Reference ManualCommand Reference Section
2.3.30 DIMLABELS
DIMDIST SUPPORTS 10
Sets support dimensioning standout distance to 10mm.
DIMDIST OVERALL 12
Sets overall dimensioning standout distance to 12mm
Related Commands:
DIMENSIONS SUPPORT SKEWBOX
Command Syntax: >--- DIMDist ---+--- STRING* ----.| ||--- OVERall ---|| |‘--- SUPPorts ---+--- value -----.
| |‘--- DEFAULT ---+--->
where value is the standout distance.
Querying: Q DIMDistQ OPTions
Function: Specifies the appearance of dimension labels.
Description: The DIMLABELS commands allows you to control if dimensionlabels are displayed on isometrics within the dimension line orabove the dimension line.
Examples: DIMLABEL IN
Dimension labels are shown within the dimension line(default).
DIMLABEL ABOVE
Dimension labels are shown above the dimension line.
Command Syntax: >--- DIMLabels ---+--- IN ----.| |‘--- ABOVE -+---->
where value is the standout distance.
12.02:43
ISODRAFT Reference ManualCommand Reference Section
2.3.31 DIMENSIONS
Function: Specifies dimensioning style.
Description: The basic options for detailed dimensioning are either string orcomposite dimensions.
String dimensioning gives the maximum amount of detail, sinceit shows both the lengths of individual components and theirrelative positions. For assembly purposes (fabrication anderection) string dimensioning often gives more detail than isstrictly necessary and composite dimensioning can be specified.
String dimensions, which are plotted by default, are measuredsequentially from each relevant point to the next. The relevantpoints are:
• The start or end of a branch.• Changes of direction (bends, elbows, etc).
Component connection points (flanges, welds, screwed andcompression joints etc, excluding gaskets).
Composite dimensions ignore dimensions over which thefabricator has no control, particularly the sizes of individualcomponents. Components which are directly connected to theeach other are therefore dimensioned as though they constitutea single composite item.
Only non-flanged components, that is, those with welded,screwed or compression fittings, are considered as connectedwhen calculating composite dimensions. Flanges are alwaystreated as breaks in the pipeline and dimensioned separately.
Fittings which are attached to pipe only at one end are treatedas composite with the fitting at the other end. Fittings which areattached to pipe at both ends are dimensioned to the arrive p-point, with two exceptions:
• Reducers are dimensioned to the larger end;• Tees are dimensioned to the centreline of the off branch.
Composite dimensions are always broken at a Tee or Oletintersection point.
You can display overall dimensions in addition to string orcomposite dimensions. The default standout for overalldimensions is 16mm. Overall dimensions are taken:
• From the start of a branch to the first change of direction• From each change of direction to the next• From the last change of direction to the end of a branch• From the start of a falling section skew-box to the end of
the skew-box.• Between Branch connections.
12.02:44
ISODRAFT Reference ManualCommand Reference Section
Figure 2:3. Dimensioning Methods
Bore sizes will be marked where any confusion might otherwisearise; e.g. at reducers, reducing fittings, tees, crosses, etc.
You can also specify:• Whether or not overall dimensions cross Branch
connections;• Dimensioning to Valve centrelines.
By default, support/hanger dimensions are on the same sideas string dimensions, but they can be on the opposite side. Thedefault standout for support/hanger dimensions is 6mm.
The default settings are:• String dimensioning on (and, therefore, composite
dimensioning off);• Overall dimensioning off;• Support dimensioning on;• Valve centreline dimensioning off;
Support/hanger dimensions shown alongside other pipelinedimensions.
(a) String dimensions (b) Composite dimensions
(c) Overall dimensions
~
~ ~
~
~
~
12.02:45
ISODRAFT Reference ManualCommand Reference Section
Examples: DIME ON
Produces isometrics which are fully annotated in stringformat, with both piping and support dimensions. This isthe default setting.
DIME OFF
Produces isometrics with no dimensions plotted.
DIME COMP ON
Produces isometrics with composite dimensions overconnected fittings.
DIME COMP OFF
Produces isometrics with string format dimensions,assuming that dimensioning is still on.
DIME OVER ON
Produces isometrics with overall dimensions on(independent of current setting of string/compositeoptions).
DIME OVER CEN
Produces isometrics with overall dimensions to Valvecentrelines and Branch connections (in addition to stringdimensions).
DIME OVER CENT ONLY
Produces isometrics with overall centreline dimensionsonly.
DIME OVER ON STOP
Produces isometrics with overall dimensions stopping atbranch connections.
DIME OVER ON ACR
Produces isometrics with overall dimensions acrossbranch connections.
DIME OVER CENT STOP
Produces isometrics with overall dimensions to valvecentrelines, stopping at branch connections.
DIME OVER CENT ACR
Produces isometrics with overall dimensions to valvecentrelines and across branch connections.
DIME OVER CRIT
Produces isometrics with overall dimensions to criticalcomponents.
12.02:46
ISODRAFT Reference ManualCommand Reference Section
DIME SUPP
Produces isometrics with support dimensions only.
DIME DEFAULT
Resets the dimensioning style to its default state.
Note: That standout distances may not be set to the samevalue.
Related Commands:
DIMDIST SUPPORT TRUNCATE
Restrictions: Overall dimensioning can be specified in addition to string orcomposite dimensioning, but an overall dimension will not beshown if it is the same as a string or composite dimension.
Instruments Tees cannot be included within overall dimensions.
When a Tee or Olet is encountered with its arrive p-point in abranch leg, an overall dimension may not be given for the mainbranch.
Command Syntax:
>- DIMEnsions -+- ON -----------------------------------------------------------.| ||- OFF ----------------------------------------------------------|| ||- SUPport ------------------------------------------------------|| ||- DEFault ------------------------------------------------------|| ||- COMPosite -+- ON --. || | | || ‘- OFF -+------------------------------------------|| ||- OVERall -+- ON ------------------. || | | || |- CENTreline -+- ONLY -| || | | | || | ‘--------+- STOPping -. || | | | || | |- ACRoss ---| || | | | || | ‘------------+- BRANch ------|| | | || | |- CONNections -|| | | || | ‘---------------|| | || |- CRITical -+- ONLY -. || | | | || | ‘--------+------------------------------|| | | | ‘- OFF ----------------------------------------------|| |‘- HANGers -+- OPPosite --. |
| | |‘- ALONgside -+- STRings ---------------------------+>
Querying: Q DIMEnsionsQ OPTions
12.02:47
ISODRAFT Reference ManualCommand Reference Section
2.3.32 DISTANCES
Function: Allows you to specify the units to be used for input of lengthsand distances.
Description: The default units for the input of dimensions (i.e. the units whichare assumed if you enter a dimension simply as a value) arenormally derived from the Catalogue. You can change thedefault units independently for input of pipe bores and/ordistances along pipelines or across components by using therelated DISTANCES and BORES commands.
Note: That the UNITS command is used to set output units.
The current default units may be overridden for any specific itemof input data by giving the units explicitly. For example: 5mm.
Examples: MM DISTANCES
Input lengths and distances assumed to be in mm unlessotherwise specified.
INCH DISTANCES
Input lengths and distances assumed to be in inchesunless otherwise specified.
FINCH DISTANCES
Input lengths and distances assumed to be in feet andinches unless otherwise specified (e.g. 5’6 represents 5ft6in).
Related Commands:
BORES
Command Syntax: >---+--- MILlimetre ---.| ||--- MM -----------|| ||--- FInch --------|| |‘--- INch ---------+--- BOres -------.
| |‘--- DIstances ---+--->
Querying: Q UNIts
12.02:48
ISODRAFT Reference ManualCommand Reference Section
2.3.33 DTEXTS
Function: Controls the material description part of item descriptions
Description: A complete item description in a material list consists of thegeometric description (derived from the attributes of a DTEXTelement) and the material description (derived from theattributes of an MTEXT element).
The text in MTEXT and DTEXT elements is defined inPARAGON by setting the attributes of MTEXT and DTEXT tothe text required. Both elements have three attributes which cancontain text:
• The three attributes of DTEXT are RTEXT, STEXT andTTEXT;
• The three attributes of MTEXT are XTEXT, YTEXT andZTEXT.
The default attributes whose text will be displayed on thematerial list are RTEXT and XTEXT. If the other attributes havebeen set in the DESIGN database, you can choose to displaythe STEXT or TTEXT using the DTEXT command, and theYTEXT or ZTEXT using the MTEXT command.
The DTEXTS IGNORE command allows you to suppress thegeometric description completely.
Using different attributes can be used, for example, to storedescriptions in different languages.
Examples: DTEXts Stext
Sets the description to the text held in the STEXT attribute.
DTEXts Ttext
Sets the description to the text held in the TTEXT attribute.
DTEXts Rtext
Sets the description to the text held in the XTEXT attribute.This is the default.
Related Commands:
MATERIALLIST MTEXTS
Command Syntax: >--- DTEXts ---+--- Rtext* ---.| ||--- Stext ----|| ||--- Ttext ----|| |‘--- IGNORE ---+--->
Querying: Q DTEXTQ OPTions
12.02:49
ISODRAFT Reference ManualCommand Reference Section
2.3.34 ELEVATION
2.3.35 EQUIPMENTNUMBERING
Function: Specifies whether or not elevation coordinates are to be shown on isometrics.
Description: By default, elevations are shown on isometrics at all intersection points where there is a change of elevation. You can change this as shown in the following examples.
Examples: ELEVation VERTIcal
Outputs elevations only on vertical sections of pipe (i.e.linear dimensions are omitted).
ELEVation VERTical AND DIMEnsions
Outputs both elevations and dimensions on verticalsections of pipe.
ELEVation INTERsections
Resets the default condition so that elevations are onlyshown at intersection points where there is a change ofelevation, and dimensions are shown on vertical sectionsof Pipe.
Related Commands:
COORDINATES COORDS DIMENSIONS
Command Syntax:
>-- ELEVation --+-- INTERsections* ----------------------------.| |‘-- VERTical ------+-- AND --. |
| | ||---------+-- DIMEnsions --|| | ‘----------------------------+-->
Querying: Q ELEVationQ OPTions
Function: Controls numbering of items in the material list for an equipmenttrim isometric.
Description: Item numbering in the material list can start at 1 for each Nozzle,which is the default, or the numbering can be sequential for allNozzles.
12.02:50
ISODRAFT Reference ManualCommand Reference Section
2.3.36 FALLINGLINES
Examples: EQUIPMENTN LIST
Numbering is continuous through the sequence ofNozzles.
EQUIPMENTN NOZZ
Resets to the default, with each Nozzle having its ownseparate numbering sequence.
Command Syntax: >--- EQUIPMENTNumbering ---+--- NOZZle* ---.| |‘--- LIST ------+--->
Querying: Q EQUIPMENTNumbering
Note: Minimum abbreviation for querying.
Q OPTions
Function: Defines the maximum rate of fall allowed in a pipeline before it isshown as a skew on the isometric plot.
Description: Amounts of fall less than the current fall limit are shown by awedge-shaped symbol on the pipe, together with a note givingthe rate of fall. The wedge-shaped symbols are known as fallarrows. Amounts of fall greater than the current limit are shownas boxed skews. You can change the limit, and the units inwhich it is expressed.
Figure 2:4. Different ways of showing falling lines.
EL +25000
EL +24600
EL +1130
EL +1200
FALL 1 _
Falling line shown as skew Falling line shown by fall arrow
12.02:51
ISODRAFT Reference ManualCommand Reference Section
The default accuracy to which ISODRAFT will report the fall isas follows:
• Degrees to the nearest half degree • Ratio to the nearest 1 up to 30; to the nearest 5 above 30 • Percentage to the nearest 1% • Grads to the nearest half grad • Metric inclination to the nearest 10mm per metre
• Imperial inclination to the nearest 1/16” per foot
Note: That if the slope is less than 1:500 (or its equivalent indegrees, etc) the fall note will not be output.
You can specify different accuracy values for reporting the fallusing the ACCURACYLEVEL value command (where value canbe zero, 1 or 2). The accuracies you can specify are:
value (for eachrepresentation)
0 1 2
degrees default 0.1 0.01
ratio default 1 always 1 always
percentage default 0.1 0.01
grads default 0.1 0.01
metric default 1mm/m 0.1mm/m
imperial default 1/16”/10’ 1/16”/100’
If you set an accuracy level and then wish to go back to thedefault settings, you must give an appropriateACCURACYLEVEL command with a value of zero.
If the fall units are specified but the value of the fall limit isomitted, the following default values will be used. Thesecorrespond to approximately the same slope:
FALL DEG will default to FALL DEG 5 i.e. 5 degrees
FALL RAT will default to FALL RAT 11 i.e. a ratio of 1:11
FALL PER will default to FALL PER 9 i.e. a slope of 9%
FALL GRA will default to FALL GRA 5 i.e. 5 grads
12.02:52
ISODRAFT Reference ManualCommand Reference Section
FALL MET will default to FALL MET 80 i.e. 80mm permetre
FALL IMP will default to FALL IMP 1 i.e. 1/16 inch perfoot
The overall default setting, if no fall units or limit are specified, isFALL DEG 5.
Where a falling section includes an in-line component, such as aValve or Reducer, the FALL message will appear only once,against the first section of the slope. Where a falling sectionincorporates a Tee, the FALL message will be shown twice, onboth sides of the Tee.
Figure 2:5. Falls in sections of pipe containing components.
Examples: FALL RATIO 20 Sets fall limit to 1:20
FALL RATIO Resets fall limit to ratio default of 1:11.
FALLPERCENT 2
Sets fall limit to 2%.
FALLPERCENT
Resets fall limit to percentage default of 9%.
FALL OFF All falls shown as boxed skews; fall symbolnot used at all.
FALL 1.4 DEG Sets fall limit to 1.5 degrees.
FALL RAT 1:40 Sets fall limit to 1:40.
FALL PER2.7%
Sets fall limit to 3% (to nearest per cent).
FALL GRAD1.6
Sets fall limit to 1.5 grad.
EL +1130
EL +1200
FALL 1 _
3 X 3" NS
2010
600
203
1093
3 X 3" NS
FALL 1 _EL +1163
12.02:53
ISODRAFT Reference ManualCommand Reference Section
2.3.37 FALLSKEWS
FALL MET 30 Sets fall limit to a metric incline of 30mm/m.
FALL IMP 5/16” Sets fall limit to an imperial incline of 5/16” perft.
FALL MET 30ACC 1
Sets fall limit to a metric incline of 30mm/mwith a reporting accuracy of 1mm per metre.
Related Commands:
ANGLEACCURACY FALLSKEWS SKEWBOXZEROLENGTHSKEWS
Command Syntax:
>- FALLinglines -+- DEG --------.| ||- RATio ------|| ||- PERcentage -|| ||- GRAds ------|| ||- IMPerial ---|| ||- METric -----+- value --.| | || | |- ACCuracylevel value -.| | | || ‘----------+-----------------------|| |‘- OFF -------------------------------------------+->
Querying: Q FALLinglinesQ OPTions
Function: Controls how dimensioning boxes for skewed and fallingpipelines are shown.
Description: Dimensioning boxes for skewed and falling pipelines are bydefault shown by 3D skewboxes, that is boxes showing thehorizontal skew and the fall. Skewed and falling pipelines withrates of fall less than the current fall (set by the FALLINGLINEScommand) can be shown as a 2D skewbox for the horizontalskew and a fall indicator showing the amount of fall.
Skewboxes can be suppressed completely for branchescontaining less than a specified number of components. Skewbox suppression applies only until a change of direction isencountered.
Examples: FALLSkews THREEDbox ON
Displays skewed and falling lines with 3D boxes. This isthe default.
12.02:54
ISODRAFT Reference ManualCommand Reference Section
2.3.38 FILE
FALLSkews TWODbox ON
Displays skewed and falling lines with 2D boxes for thehorizontal skew and a FALL indicator giving the amount offall.
FALLSkews TWODbox OFF 4
Displays skews as 2D boxes (with FALL indicators), butomits boxes on branch legs which have four or lesscomponents.
Note: This component count excludes gaskets but includeseach length of implied tubing. The number ofcomponents must be between 1 and 50 inclusive.
Related Commands:
FALLINGLINES OVERALLSKEWS SKEWBOX ZEROLENGTHSKEWS
Command Syntax:
>--- FALLSkews ---+--- THREEDbox ---.| | ‘--- TWODbox -----+--- ON --------------.
| ||--- OFF --- value ---|| |‘---------------------+--->
Function: Specifies the name of a PLOT file to which ISODRAFT’sisometric drawing output is to be sent. The command can alsobe used to produce files in DXF, PDF, Image or EMF (EnhancedWindows Metafile) format or to automatically print the isometric.The command also allows the setting of various options tocontrol the production and format of the output.
Description: The FILE command specifies the name of the PLOT file forISODRAFT output. ISODRAFT adds a three-digit number,jumping over any numbers which already exist. If DXF, PDF,image or EMF output is requested, the suffixes .dxf, .pdf, (.tif,.bmp, .jpg, .png, .dif), .emf will be added respectively after thenumber.
Note: The numbering ignores the file extensions. For example,if a file named /PLOT001 exists, the next file created willbe /PLOT002 or /PLOT002.dxf or /PLOT002.pdf etc.
12.02:55
ISODRAFT Reference ManualCommand Reference Section
If the same file command is used to produce all the file types,they will all have the same numeric suffix. For example, if thelast PLOT file was /PLOT004 and the last DXF and PDF filewere /PLOT002.dxf and /PLOT002.pdf respectively, and all theplot types are required for the next DETAIL command, theoutput will be /PLOT005 and /PLOT005.dxf, /PLOT005.pdf, /PLOT005.tif, /PLOT005.emf.
By default, each DETAIL command will produce one PLOT file.If several pipes are specified in a DETAIL command, the usercan specify that each plot will be in a separate file.
If a pipe is too complicated to be shown on one plot, or the userhas specified that the pipe should be split over more than onesheet, separate PLOT files can be produced. If the user wantsthe PLOT file to contain more than one drawing the user canspecify a multiple PLOT file, and in this case the user can alsospecify the length of paper available. ISODRAFT willautomatically create a new multiple PLOT file when the paperlength has been exceeded.
The PDMS limitation on plotting size is 3275mm2 and thiscannot be exceeded in either single or multiple file mode.
DXF
If Kanji output is required, the FILE command also allows theuser to specify the dxf file as SHIFTJIS format (mostly used onIBM PCs) or EUC format (used on most other machines).
Details of outputting .dxf format files to MicroStation are given inRecommendations for Importing DXF files from IISODRAFT intoMicroStation).
The following operations may be implemented by using the FILESET command, an extension to the FILE command.
PDF Option to launch the Adobe reader forviewingOption to compress output files
Printing Option to rotate and expand or reduce to fitthe sheetOption to control the printer dialogue
Image files Option to select the file type as Tif, Tif/LZW,TIF/G4 Jpg, Bmp, Png or GifOption to set a reduction factor
EMF No special options
12.02:56
ISODRAFT Reference ManualCommand Reference Section
In addition, the FILE SET command allows the specification ofthe colour mode and minimum line width for each file type andthe separating of the isometric sheets into individual files forcertain file types. The available colour modes are Standard,Black and White, Grayscale and Colourplus. Colourplus adjustsall black/white and gray colours to black and white to give thegreatest contrast against the background.
Examples: FILE /P250-BDF
Specifies the filename /P250-BDF. PLOT files will benamed /P250-BDF001, /P250-BDF002, etc.
FILE AND DXF /P250-BDF
Specifies the filename /P250-BDF for both the PLOT fileand the dxf file.
FILE DXF EUC /P250-BDF
Specifies that the PLOT file will be in DXF EUC format.The suffix .dxf is added to the filename automatically.
Note: That on VAX, this will override the normal VAX filenameextension.
FILE /PLOT MULT
Specifies that the file named /PLOT can contain multipleplots. This is the default.
FILE /PLOT MULT 2000
Specifies that the file named /PLOT can contain multipleplots, and gives the maximum length of paper.
FILE AND DXF PDF PRINT IMAGE EMF “plot” SINGLE
Creates the isometric of the selected pipe in all the formattypes - plot DXF, PDF, chosen Image type, EMF, and printsthe plot files.
FILE SET PDF Noview Nocomp Colourplus Bindpages
Creates a PDF file with ‘Colourplus’ as the colour modeand with all the sheets in one file. Viewing andcompressing the file are switched off.
FILE SET PDF View Comp Colourplus Minl 2 Nobindpages
Creates a compressed PDF file with ‘Colourplus’ as thecolour mode, with one file for each sheet. The PDF file canbe viewed as soon as the isometric is created. A minimumline width of 2 is added.
12.02:57
ISODRAFT Reference ManualCommand Reference Section
FILE SET PRINT Reducetofit NODialog Colourplus Bindpages
Prints the plot file which is set to the ‘reduce to fit’ option.The other options being - no fit, expand and reduceexpand. The printer settings are set to show no dialogBox.
FILE SET PRINT Expandtofit Dialog Colourplus Minl 2 Bindpages
Prints the plot file which is set to the ‘expand to fit’ option.The printer settings are set to show no dialog Box. Aminimum line width of 2 is added for all the lines.
FILE SET IMAGE TIFGFOUR Colourplus Bindpages
A TIF_G4 type image is created with ‘Colourplus’ as thecolour mode and with all the sheets in one file.
FILE SET IMAGE TIFGFOUR Reduce 0.11 Colourplus Minl 5 Nobindpages
A TIF_G4 type image is created with ‘Colourplus’ as thecolour mode and with one sheet in one file. A minimumline width of 5 is added along with an image reductionfactor of 0.11.
FILE SET EMF Colourplus Bindpages
Creates an EMF file with ‘Colourplus’ as the colour mode.
FILE SET EMF Colourplus Minl 6 Bindpages
Creates an EMF file with ‘Colourplus’ as the colour modeand a minimum line width of 6 is added.
Command Syntax:
>- FILE -+- AND -.| |+-------+- DXF -.| | || '-------+- SHIFTJIS -.| | || +- EUC ------|| | || ‘------------| .---<---.| | / |‘----------------------------+-*- PDF ---|
| |+- PRINT -|| |+- IMAGE -|| |+- EMF ---|| |‘---------+- filename -+- SINGle -------------.
| |+-- MULTIple -+- value -|| | || ‘---------|| || |‘-----------------------+->
where value is the maximum length of the plotter’s paper roll inmillimetres.
12.02:58
ISODRAFT Reference ManualCommand Reference Section
>- FILE -+- SET -+- PDF ---+- VIEW ---.| | | || | +- NOVIEW -|V | | |
| '----------+- COMPRESS -.| | || +- NOCOMP ---|| | || '------------+--------.| |+- PRINT -+- NOFIT -------. || | | || +- REDUCETOFIT -| || | | || +- EXPANDTOFIT -| || | | || +- ALLFIT ------| || | | || '--------------+- DIALOG ----. || | | || +- NODIALOG -| || | | || +- ONEDIALOG -| || | | || '-------------+--|+- IMAGE -+- TIF ------. || | | || +- TIFLZW ---| || | | || +- TIFGFOUR -| || | | || +- JPG ------| || | | || +- BMP ------| || | | || +- GIF ------| || | | || +- PNG ------| || | | || '------------+- REDUCE uval -. || | | || '---------------+---|| |'- EMF ------------------------------------+--> COLOURPLUS etc
where uval is the reduction factor that ranges from (0.01 - 0.99).
>--+- COLOURPLUS -.| |+- BW ---------|| |+- GRAYSCALE --|| |+- STANDARD ---|| |'--------------+- MINLINEWIDTH uval -.
| |'---------------------+- BINDPAGES ---.
| |+- NOBINDPAGES -|| |'---------------+-->
where uval is the minimum line width in millimetres ranging from0.01 - 9.99.
Querying: Q OUTPUTQ OUTPUT PDFQ OUTPUT PRINTQ OUTPUT IMAGEQ OUTPUT EMFQ OPTIONS
12.02:59
ISODRAFT Reference ManualCommand Reference Section
2.3.39 FLOWARROWS
Function: Allows flow arrows to be shown on isometric plots.
Description: Flow arrows are normally shown for inline components. Inlineflow arrows can also be plotted in any length of tube if anattachment point (ATTA) with its ATTY attribute set to FLOW hasbeen created in the DESIGN module. You can also instructISODRAFT to include automatic flow arrows by using theAUTOMATIC command.
The AUTOMATIC command uses the value of the branchFLOWDIRECTION attribute described in Data Model ReferenceManual.
The settings for FLOWD are:• BACK for flow from tail to head • FORW for flow from head to tail. • OFF to allow the arrows to be turned off • BOTH to indicate a two-way flow. • Any other setting will continue to be treated as FORWard.
Automatic flow arrows are output for each branch, and at eachmulti-way component, provided that a length of implied tube isavailable to take the arrow. The automatic flow arrows option willalso output any FLOW ATTAs.
By default, the inline flow arrow option is set to off, so that flowarrows for tube are not normally shown.
Each type can be plotted independently, and the inline flowarrows can be scaled.
By default the arrows point in the direction HEAD to TAIL; i.e.FORWARD. They can be reversed by changing the branchFLOW attribute to BACKWARD.
Examples: FLOWarrows ON
Flow arrows will be plotted for components.
FLOWarrows OFF
Flow arrows will not be plotted for components.
FLOWarrows INline ON
Flow arrows will be plotted for Flow ATTAs in tube.
FLOWarrows INline OFF
Flow arrows will not be plotted for Flow ATTAs in tube.
12.02:60
ISODRAFT Reference ManualCommand Reference Section
2.3.40 FRAME
FLOWarrows INline SCAle 10
Inline flow arrows will be scaled by a factor of 10. Thedefault scale factor is 8. The scale must be an integerbetween 5 and 15 inclusive.
FLOWarrows INline SCAle 10 AUTO
Inline flow arrows will be scaled by a factor of 10 andadded automatically. The default scale factor is 8. Thescale must be an integer between 5 and 15 inclusive.
Command Syntax:
.---------------------<----------------------. / |
>- FLOWarrows --+------------+-- ON* --------------------------|| | || ‘-- OFF --------------------------|| |‘-- INline --+-- ON ------------. |
| | ||-- SCAle-integer--+- AUTOmatic --|| | || ‘--------------|| |‘-- OFF* -------------------------+-->
Querying: Q FLOWarrowsQ OPTions
Function: Specifies whether or not drawing frame lines and text are to bedrawn.
Description: By default, ISODRAFT plots a frame around the completedrawing within the predefined margins, together with separatinglines between the different areas. Frame text and line summarysymbols are also plotted.
The FRAME command allows you to switch these features off oron.
Related Commands:
CUTMARKS MARGIN
Command Syntax: >--- FRAMe ---+--- ON* ---.| |‘--- OFF ---+--->
Querying: Q FRAMeQ OPTions
12.02:61
ISODRAFT Reference ManualCommand Reference Section
2.3.41 INSTALL SETUP
2.3.42 INSTNAME
Function: Produces the screen layout stored in a file created by theRECREATE command.
Description: On workstations, you can use the RECREATE command tosave the screen layout, which can then be read in again usingthe INSTALL SETUP command.
Examples: RECReate /DISP
Saves the screen display in a file named /DISP.
INSTALL SETUP /DISP
Restores the screen display stored in the file /DISP.
Related Commands:
RECREATE
Command Syntax: >--- INSTALL SETUP filename --->
Function: Controls two options relating to the display of Instruments:• Defines whether SPREFs or PDMS names are to be used
as itemcodes for instruments in the material list.• Allows you to identify instruments on the isometric plot by
tagging them with their names enclosed in circles(balloons).
Description: By default, an instrument is identified in the material list byhaving its SPREF as its itemcode. You can specify instead thatthe instrument’s name will be appended to its description,because an instrument reference may require more charactersthan the itemcode format permits. In this case the itemcodecolumn will be left blank.
When an instrument is referenced by name, the name can bedisplayed in a circular balloon next to the plotted symbol on theisometric. By default, instruments are not tagged with theirnames in balloons, even if they are identified by name in thematerial list. The size of the balloon is given by specifying themaximum number of characters per line of text in the balloon.
Examples: INSTN NAME
Instruments identified in material list by names appendedto descriptions. The itemcode column is left blank(default).
12.02:62
ISODRAFT Reference ManualCommand Reference Section
2.3.43 INSULATIONCONTROL
INSTN SPREF
Instruments identified in material list by using SPREFs asitemcodes.
INSTN NAME WITH BALL OFF
Instruments identified in material list by name, but withouttagging with name balloons on plot.
INSTN NAME WITH BALLOONS SIZE 4
Identifies all instrument symbols on the isometric withballoons containing the instrument names in a 4-characters-per-line format.
Related Commands:
TAGGING
Command Syntax:
>- INSTName -+- NAMe* -+- WITH -.| | || |--------+- BALLoons -+- SIZE - integer -.| | | || | ‘- OFF ------------|| | || ‘----------------------------------------|| |‘- SPRef ------------------------------------------+->
Querying: Q INSTNAMEQ OPTions
Function: Specifies whether or not insulation is to be plotted.
Description: Any piping component which has its ISPEC attribute set may beshown insulated. The start and end points of insulatedcomponents will be shown on the isometric.
Insulation and tracing can be shown:• On tubing only• On tubing and pipe components
The name of the insulation and/or tracing specification will beshown in the title block.
Examples: INSU ON Display insulation.
INSU TUBE Show insulation on the tube only, not on thepipe components.
INSU ALL Show insulation on both tube andcomponents.
INSU OFF Suppress the display of insulation.
12.02:63
ISODRAFT Reference ManualCommand Reference Section
2.3.44 ISO
The default is INSULATIONCONTROL TUBE.
Related Commands:
TRACINGCONTROL
Command Syntax: >------ INSUlationcontrol ----+---- ON* ----.| ||---- TUBE ---|| ||---- ALL ----|| |‘---- OFF ----+--->
Querying: Q INSUlationcontrolQ OPTions
Function: Defines the view direction to be used for generating theisometric plot.
Description: The ISO command defines which of the four standard isometricviewing directions will be used for the isometric plot. An arrow isplaced on the plot to show north.
The BOX option will plot a box round the north arrow.
The default view direction is ISO 3 (i.e. North at the top left-handcorner of the drawing).
Examples: ISO 1 North at bottom right-hand corner
ISO 2 North at top right-hand corner
ISO 3 * North at top left-hand corner
ISO 4 North at bottom left-hand corner
ISO 4 BOX North at bottom left-hand corner, with a box
round the arrow
Command Syntax: >--- ISO --- value ---+-----------.| |‘--- BOX ---+--->
where value is 1, 2, 3 or 4.
Querying: Q ISOQ OPTions
12.02:64
ISODRAFT Reference ManualCommand Reference Section
2.3.45 ISOTYPE
Function: Defines whether the isometric will show fabrication information, erection information, or both.
Description The ISOTYPE command specifies whether the information onthe drawing is intended for:
• In-shop fabrication and on-site erection• In-shop fabrication• On-site erection• In-shop fabrication of pipe spools
A combined fabrication-erection isometric is a fullydimensioned and annotated isometric drawing with a materiallist specifying all piping components, bolts etc. This is thedefault.
A fabrication-only isometric is similar to the combined formatexcept that the following information is omitted:
• The coordinates of Plant locations• Erection materials• CONNected TO and CONTinued ON comments at pipeline
ends
The erection-only isometric is similar to the combined formatexcept that all fabrication materials, apart from loose flanges,are omitted from the materials list.
A spool isometric only shows fabrication information. Looseflanges will be included on spools, with the note ‘tack weld only’,if they have a SHOP attribute set to TRUE.
ISODRAFT automatically allocates spool break points at flangesor flanged components, field welds and erection materials, thatis items with their SHOP flag set to FALSE.
All components, including Tube, must have their SHOPattributes set to TRUE if spool break points are to be correctlyallocated. (The default setting for tube is FALSE, which wouldcause lengths of implied tube to be omitted when ISODRAFTcalculates spool dimensions.)
A spool number, automatically allocated by ISODRAFT, will beplotted after the pipeline reference in the title block of eachdrawing. For example,
• 100-A-8 SPL[1].
A separate isometric drawing will be produced for each pipespool.
12.02:65
ISODRAFT Reference ManualCommand Reference Section
2.3.46 ITEMCODE (1)
Sheets with Blank Drawing Areas. Any type of the isometriccan be produced with the actual drawing area left blank, that is,only the material list will be plotted.
If ISOTYPE NONE is specified, no plot will be produced. Youmust specify output to text files, such as a material list, to getany output at all.
Command Syntax:
>-- ISOType --+-- COMBined* --+-- ERECtion ------.| | || |-- FABrication ---|| | || ‘------------------|| ||-- ERECtion --+-- FABrication ----|| | || ‘-------------------|| ||-- FABrication -------------------|| ||-- SPOOl -------------------------+-- NOPicture ---.| | || ‘----------------|| |‘--- NONe ------------------------------------------+->
Querying: Q ISOTypeQ OPTions
Function: Allows you to label certain types of fitting with their itemcodes onthe isometric drawing.
Description: By default, itemcodes for piping components are shown only inthe material list.
For in-line fittings of generic types INST, VALV, FILT, PCOM,TRAP or VENT, you can specify that itemcodes are also shownagainst the corresponding component symbols on the isometricplot.
You can also specify that itemcodes are not to be shown at all.
Examples: ITEM INST TRAP ON
Itemcodes for Instruments and Traps shown againstplotted symbols and in material list; codes for all othercomponent types shown in material list only.
ITEM TRAP VENT OFF
Itemcodes for Traps and Vents not shown at all; codes forall other component types shown in material list only.
12.02:66
ISODRAFT Reference ManualCommand Reference Section
2.3.47 ITEMCODE (2)
ITEM ALL ON
Itemcodes for all valid component types shown againstplotted symbols and in mate Itemcodes for all types ofcomponent shown in material list only.
ITEM OFF
Itemcodes are shown only in the material list.
Related Commands:
TAGGING
Command Syntax: .--------<--------. / |
>--- ITEMcode ---*--- fittingtype --|| |‘--- ALL ----------+--- ON --------.
| ||--- OFF* ------|| |‘--- DEFault ---+--->
where fittingtype is any of INST, VALV, FILT, PCOM, TRAP, orVENT.
Querying: Q ITEMCODEQ OPTions
Function: Specifies whether or not specification names are to be includedin material list itemcodes, and whether items which have thesame itemcode except for the specification name and suffix aretreated as the same item.
Description: By default, itemcodes shown in the material list do not includethe name of the Specification from which the material data hasbeen extracted. This is known as a short itemcode. TheITEMCODE LENGTH command allows you to use the fullSPCOM, which includes the SPEC name but excludes thesuffix, as the itemcode.
By default, ISODRAFT removes any itemcode suffixes beforecomparing itemcodes for totalling in the material list. TheSEPARATE option allows itemcodes to be compared before thespecification name and suffix are removed, thus allowingitemcodes to be listed separately with different descriptions.
You can set up multiple itemcodes for elements in the DESIGNdatabase by creating user-defined attributes (UDAs) for theSPCOM of the element. For bolts, the UDAs are created asattributes of a DTAB element. You can then use the ITEMCODEcommand to specify that the itemcode should be taken from aUDA instead of from the SPCOM.
12.02:67
ISODRAFT Reference ManualCommand Reference Section
Examples: ITEMCODE LENGTH LONG
Itemcodes to include SPEC name.
ITEMCODE LENGTH SHORT
Itemcodes to exclude SPEC name.
ITEMCODE TOTAL
Itemcodes which are the same except for the specificationname and suffix are totalled.
ITEMCODE SEPARATE
Itemcodes which are the same except for the specificationname and suffix are listed separately.
ITEMCODE FROM :ABC
Itemcodes to be taken from the UDA named :ABC. TheUDA must exist for SPCOMs.
ITEMCODE FROM SPREF
Itemcodes to be taken from the SPCOM.
Related Commands:
MATERIALLIST DELIMITER
Command Syntax:
>-- ITEMcode --+----------------------.| |‘-- FROM --+--SPREF* --+- LENGth --+-- LONG ----.
| | | || | ‘-- SHORT* --|| | || |-- TOTal* ----. || | | || |-- SEParate --+---------|| | || ‘------------------------|| |‘-- :udaname ------------------------+-->
Querying: Q ITEMCODEQ ITEMCODE LENGTHQ OPTions
12.02:68
ISODRAFT Reference ManualCommand Reference Section
2.3.48 JOINTNUMBERS
Function: Numbering joints in Spool Drawings on an isometric.
Description: By default SPOOLER automatically generates numbers forevery joint in a Spool Drawing. These numbers can be output onan isometric by switching JOINTNumbers ON.
Note: This function has no effect when plotting isometrics fromthe DESIGN database.
The joints are sequentially numbered from one end of the SpoolDrawing, with each number being given a prefix indicating thetype of joint. The default prefixes are:
• F Flange• S Screwed• C Compression
Note: The ‘F, S & C’ codes are ATexts, and can be changed.
The numbers are displayed in a diamond, with an arrow pointingto the joint. If the total number of characters (prefix + number) isgreater than 3, the number is displayed in angled brackets; e.g.<FL124>.
Examples: JOINTN ON Switches joint numbering on
JOINTN OFF Switches joint numbering off.
Related Commands:
PBENDNUMBERS WELDNUMBERS
Syntax Graph: >--- JOINTNumbers ---+--- ON ----.| |‘--- OFF ---+--->
Querying: Q JOINTNumbers
12.02:69
ISODRAFT Reference ManualCommand Reference Section
2.3.49 KEYS
Function: Allows components with specified SKEYS to be treated like instruments.
Description: Component types that can be tagged, that is types that can havetheir names plotted automatically on the isometric drawing, canbe treated like instruments. This means that:
• If INSTRUMENT SPREF is set, the SPREF will be used asthe itemcode.
• If INSTRUMENT NAME is set, the itemcode column will beleft blank and the name will be appended to the description.
• If INSTRUMENT NAME WITH BALLOONS is set, thename will be output in a balloon on the isometric.
The types that can be tagged are:INST VALV FILTER PCOMTRAP VENT TWA VFWA
To treat a component type as an instrument, give each specificcomponent type a key number, and then relate the key numberto the symbol key (SKEY) by the KEYS command.
See the TAG command for more information about tagging.
Examples: KEYS 1 ’VVFL’
Any valve with the symbol key VVFL, and which has aname, will have its name appended to its description andthe itemcode column left blank. If a valve with the symbolkey VVFL is not named, its SPREF will be output as itsitemcode in the normal way.
KEYS 1
Remove the component from the key number list byquoting its number only.
Command Syntax: >--- KEYS --- keynumber --+--- skey’ ---.| |‘--------------+--->
where keynumber is the key number (which must be in therange 1 to 20) and skey is the symbol key (SKEY attribute).
Querying: Q OPTIONS
Q KEYS List the key numbers currently set.
Q KEYS keynumber
List the SKEY associated with the number.
12.02:70
ISODRAFT Reference ManualCommand Reference Section
2.3.50 LEGLENGTH
2.3.51 LINETHICKNESS
Function: Allows you to specify the plotted leg length of elbows, tees andcrosses.
Description: By default, the plotted leg length of Elbows, Tees and Crosses is9mm. If necessary you can change this value. The minimum leglength allowed is 6mm. If you specify a smaller value than this,ISODRAFT will give the message
Leglength set to minimum value of 6mm
Examples: LEGLength 12
Command Syntax: >--- LEGLength --- <uval> --->
Querying: Q LEGLENGTHQ OPTIONS
Function: Allows you to control (optionally) the thickness of line used torepresent piping.
Description: This command allows you to specify a line thickness (from 1 to10) to represent piping on the isometric. A default value (3) isused if you do not specify a thickness.
Examples: LINETHICKNESS 8
Specifies a line thickness of 8 to be used to represent piping.
Command Syntax: >--- LINEthickness --- <uval> --->
Querying: Q LINEthicknessQ OPTions
12.02:71
ISODRAFT Reference ManualCommand Reference Section
2.3.52 LOOSEFLANGEALLOWANCE
2.3.53 MARGIN
Function: Allows you to specify an additional length of tube on cut tube tocompensate for field-fitted welds and loose flanges, where theALLO attribute has not been set.
Description: If a cut pipe list has been specified using the CUTPIPELISTcommand, ISODRAFT automatically includes a site fittingallowance in each calculated cut pipe length which terminatesin:
• A flange with its LOOSE attribute set to TRUE (i.e. a looseflange)
• An element of generic type WELD which has the symbolkey WF (i.e. a field-fit weld)
The allowance is taken from the value of the ALLO attribute forthe weld or flange, if set. If the value of ALLO is not set (or zero),the allowance defaults to 150mm. The default allowance can bealtered using the LOOSEFLANGEALLOWANCE command.
The fabricator and/or erector can be informed of the in-builtallowance by means of a message in the title block area.
Note: The dimension shown on the isometric drawing is theactual designed dimension.
Examples: LOOSE 4 INCH
Adds 4 inches to tube length for each field-fitted weld orloose flange with no ALLO value set.
LOOSE 0
No additional tube length added for field-fitted welds orloose flange.
Command Syntax: >--- LOOSeflangeallowance --- <uval> --->
Querying: Q LOOSeflangeallowanceQ OPTions
Function: Specifies the width of the margin on each side of the drawing.
Description: By default, a 5mm wide blank margin is provided on each side ofthe drawing area. The MARGIN command allows you to specifythe widths of the left, right, top and bottom marginsindependently.
12.02:72
ISODRAFT Reference ManualCommand Reference Section
2.3.54 MARK
Examples: MARGIN TOP 0.5 IN
Sets top margin to 0.5 inch.
MARGIN L15 R15 T25 B25
Sets all four margins in a single command line (assumescurrent units are mm).
Command Syntax: .---------<--------./ |
>--- MARGin ---*--- Left value -----|| ||--- Right value ----|| ||--- Top value ------|| |‘--- Bottom value ---+--->
Related Commands:
RESERVE
Querying: Q MARGinQ OPTions
Function: Defines if the Pipe revision attribute (REV) should beincremented and if the Branch detail attribute (DETA) should beset to TRUE after successful detailing by ISODRAFT.
Description: By default, the REV and DETA attributes will not be changedwhen a pipe or branch has been detailed.
• If MARK DETAIL ON is set, the DETA attribute for eachBranch detailed will be set to TRUE.
• If MARK REVISION ON is specified, the REV attribute ofeach Pipe detailed will incremented.
By default, ISODRAFT will not detail a pipe if any of its brancheshas its DETA attribute set to TRUE. To override this, use thecommand MARK IGNORE ON.
The MARK command generates an inter-DB macro, to be run inDESIGN to set the REV and DETA attributes as described. Thismacro will be created (in the project's XXXMAC directory) onlywhen you carry out a module change or execute a SAVEWORKcommand.
12.02:73
ISODRAFT Reference ManualCommand Reference Section
2.3.55 MATCONTROL
Examples: MARK DETail ON
Sets the DETA attribute of each Branch to TRUE.
MARK REVision ON
Increments the REV attribute of the Pipe.
The defaults for the detail and revision flag options are:
MARK DETAIL OFFMARK REVISION OFF MARK IGNORE OFF
Command Syntax: >--- MARK ---+--- DETail -----.| ||--- REVision ---|| |‘--- IGNOre -----+--- ON ----.
| |‘--- OFF* --+--->
Querying: Q MARKQ OPTions
Function: Creates a material control file.
Description: The material control file is an ASCII interface file which can beused to pass details of material requirements to an externalmaterial control program. This file contains fixed-format recordsof all materials incorporated into the isometric drawing, includingpiping components, tube, bolts, etc.
A material control file is produced for each ISODRAFT DETAILcommand. The file generated during a multiple plot run containsmaterial records for all pipelines detailed by that command. Therecords thus derived are added to any records already in the file.
This filing command always operates in append mode: that is,new data is always added to the end of any existing file of thesame name rather than overwriting the current contents. If thespecified file does not already exist, a new file of that name iscreated.
To avoid accumulating large files (due to the use of appendmode), always delete redundant files once the required data hasbeen transferred to the external material control system.
The data in the file is coded so as to produce a tabulated recordof the quantity if each type of component for each pipeline orsplit drawing. Each record sequence begins with a generalheader, which includes references and specification applicableto the pipeline as a whole, followed by a detailed breakdown ofthe individual items.
12.02:74
ISODRAFT Reference ManualCommand Reference Section
2.3.56 MATERIALLIST
You can add extra information to the basic material control fileusing the EXTENDED command. This adds the following to thefile:
• Part numbers (in word 8 of component records)• Item descriptions (as record -21)• File header with: -5 record (originating program/version) -3
record (title block information)
Material Control File defines the codes used to identify therecords.
Command Syntax: >--- MATControl ---+--- name ---+---EXTended--.| | || ‘-------------||--- OFF ------------------|| |‘--------------------------+--->
Querying: Q MATControlQ OPTIONS
Function: Allows you to control whether the material list is shown on the isometric, and alter the display format if required.
Description: The MATERIALLIST command allows you to control:• Whether or not the list is shown on the drawing at all. The
default is for the list to be plotted.• The position of the list on the drawing sheet. The default is
left-hand side.• Whether the characters used for plotting the list are small,
medium or large. The default is medium.• The spacing between the lines in the list, relative to the
default of 100.• The order that columns of details are shown on the list, and
whether columns are displayed at all.• The width of the itemcode column in characters. Default is
8 characters and the maximum length is 29 characters.Both lengths exclude the leading / in the PDMS name.
• Whether or not component descriptions are included in thelist. By default all descriptions are included.
• Whether part numbers created in the SPOOLER moduleare used, or whether part numbers are generatedautomatically in ISODRAFT and held in the DESIGNdatabase (using the PARTNUMBERS FROMDBcommand), or part numbers generated by ISODRAFT(using the PARTNUMBERS GENERATED command).
12.02:75
ISODRAFT Reference ManualCommand Reference Section
• If you are using totalled database part numbers, multiplepart numbers will be output, separated by spaces, in asingle entry in the material list, wrapping round if thecolumn width is exceeded. You should ensure that the partnumbers column is wide enough to display several partnumbers (say, eight characters) or the material list will bejust as long. The quantity column will show the total of likeitems. Part number tags will still be individual.
• How the overflow of long lists is to be handled, and if extrasheets are needed, how they are to be numbered.
Formatting the Material List
If you leave ISODRAFT to its default settings (as describedbelow), the material list will always be produced on the left handside of the drawing sheet, using medium size characters to astandard linespacing. The itemcode column will be eightcharacters wide, and material descriptions will be included in thelist. A separate material list will be plotted for every drawingsheet listing only the items on that sheet, with any continuationsbeing plotted on a blank, dummy sheet.
These default settings will probably be appropriate for manyuses of ISODRAFT. However, if need be you can change thesesettings to your own requirements. Examples of how to do thisare included below.
Long Material Lists, and Sheet Numbering
If a material list is too long to fit onto one sheet it will normally becontinued on a dummy sheet. This sheet will be identified DRGn OF m and will contain only the overflow of the material list.This is the default.
Alternatively, you can specify that the material list will becontinued in a second area beside the first one. This will result ina non-standard size for the drawing sheet, which will exceed thenormal width by the amount needed for the second material list.
Inclusion of Database Part Numbers
The SPOOLER module allows you to set part numbers on:piping components; sections of tubes; bolts and additionalitems. If this feature is used it applies to an individual pipe,individual branch or to a drawing as defined in the SPOOLERmodule.
The PARTNUMBERS FROMDB command allows you to includepart numbers from the DESIGN database in the material list. IfISODRAFT finds any unnumbered parts it will display an errormessage and halt the drawing of the isometric. You can specifySEParate part numbers, which will generate an entry for eachitem; TOTalled part numbers, which will create a single entry foreach item with a quantity or PIPEonlyseparate, which will list allpipes separately but will generate a totalled list of othercomponents.
12.02:76
ISODRAFT Reference ManualCommand Reference Section
If this part numbering feature of DESIGN has not been used,ISODRAFT will produce part numbers according to its ownsystem defaults.
If you are using the PARTNUMBERS FROMDB option you candefine your own material list format. You can specify which itemsappear on the list, and in what order they appear. TheTABLEDEFINITION command allows you to control the content,nature and order of standard column details in the material list.You can also define additional columns (using the commandsTABLEDEFINITION COLUMNNUMBER text attribute). In thisfashion you can define the additional column title, whichSPCOM or component attribute or UDA will be used as data tofill the column, the column width and the order it will be shownon the list. A remarks column may be included for the cutting listremarks, since each piece of tube is listed separately.
The PARTNUMBERS PERSPOOL command displays partnumbers separately for each spool.
Note: If the attribute of a chosen SPCOM is a reference UDA,referring to a text element, then the value of STEXT forthat text appears in the column.
Examples: Material list formatting
MATE OFF
Material list not shown on drawing.
MATE RIGHT CHARH 2.0
Material list plotted on right-hand side of drawing sheet,using 2.0mm high characters.
MATE LEFT CHARH 2.5
Material list plotted on left-hand side of drawing sheet,using 2.5mm high characters.
MATE LSPA 105
Increases the line spacing by 5%
MATE CODE 12
Itemcode column 12 characters wide.
MATE NODESC
Material descriptions omitted from list.
MATE DESC
Material descriptions included in list.
MATE TABLED COL 1 QUANT
Defines column 1 in the material list as ‘Quantity’.
MATE TABLED COL 2 EMP
Sets column 2 as an empty column.
12.02:77
ISODRAFT Reference ManualCommand Reference Section
MATEriallist DRWG
Plots a separate material list on every drawing sheet,listing only items drawn on that sheet.
MATEriallist LINE
Plots, on the first drawing sheet, a single material list forthe whole pipe line or system.
Long material lists
MATE DUMMY
Long list continued on separate drawing sheet, with noisometric plot on it. Single sheets not numbered. Multiplesheets numbered ‘1 of n’, ‘2 of n’ etc. This is the default.
MATE DUMM SING
Long list continued on separate drawing sheet, which hasno isometric plot on it. Single sheets numbered ‘1 of 1’.Multiple sheets numbered ‘1 of n’, ‘2 of n’ etc.
MATE DUMM SUFF
Long list continued on separate drawing sheet, which hasno isometric plot on it. Single sheets not numbered.Multiple sheets numbered ‘1 of n’, ‘1A of n’ (for the sheetwith the material list only), ‘2 of n’ etc
MATE OVER
Long list continued to the right of the preceding list on thesame drawing sheet. Single sheets are not numbered.
Note: This may produce non-standard drawing sizes.
MATE OVER SINGle
Long list continued to the right of the preceding list on thesame drawing sheet. Sheets numbered ‘1 of n’, ‘2 of n’ etc.Single sheets numbered ‘1 of 1’.
The default is:
MATE ON LEFT CHARH 2.45 LSPAC 100 CODE 8 DESC DUMMY DRWG
Related Commands:
ITEMCODE MTEXTS DTEXTS RESERVE
Command Syntax:
12.02:78
ISODRAFT Reference ManualCommand Reference Section
.---------------------------------<-----------------------------------. / |>-MATEriallist-*- ON* -. |
| | ||- OFF -+---------------------------------------------------------------|| ||- LEFT* -. || | ||- RIGHT -+-------------------------------------------------------------|| ||- CHARHeight - value --------------------------------------------------|| ||- LSPAcing - integer --------------------------------------------------|| ||- CODE - integer ------------------------------------------------------|| ||- DESCriptions* -------------------------------------------------------|| ||- NODEscriptions ------------------------------------------------------|| ||- TABLEdefinition -+---------------------------------------------------|| | || ‘- COLumn val -+- PARTnumber --------------------. || | | || |- DEScription -------------------| || | | || |- BORe --------------------------| || | | || |- ITEMcode ----------------------| || | | || |- QUANtity -+- IN -+- <munits> --| || | | | || | ‘--------------------| || | | || |- REMarks -+- AND -+- <remarks> -| || | | | || | ‘---------------------| || | | || ‘- <other> -----------------------+--||- PARTNumbers -+- PERSPool -. || | | || ‘------------+-- FROMDB ---+-- SEParate ----------. || | | | || | |-- TOTalled ----------| || | | | || | ‘-- PIPEonlyseparate --+-----|| | || ‘ - GENerated -----------------------------||- DUMMy* --. || | ||- OVER ----+-----------------------------------------------------------|| | || |--- SUFFix ---+--------------------------------------------|| | | || ‘--------------+--- SINGle ---------------------------------||- DRWG* --. || | |‘- LINE ---+------------------------------------------------------------+-->
where <munits> is
METres or MILlimetres.
This lets you set the metric units to be used for pipe lengths in the Quantity column.
Note: That this affects metric isos only.
<remarks> is
12.02:79
ISODRAFT Reference ManualCommand Reference Section
.------------------------------------------------------------------------. / |
--*- attribute -+- FROMSPcom -. .-----------. || | / | |‘-------------+- ON -+- component -* | |
| | | ||- TUBE ------| | || | | ||- BOLT ------+- component -| || | | || |- TUBE ------| || | | || |- BOLT ------’ || | |‘- ALL -------+- nl -------------------|
| |‘-------------------------’
This allows attributes or UDAs to be taken from the catalogue or from the component,where component is one of the following:
BEND ELBOw CAP CLOSure COUPling
CROSs FBLInd FLANge FTUBe INSTrument
LJSEnd OLET TEE PCOMPonent REDUcer
SHU TRAP TUBE UNIOn VALVe
VFWAy VTWAy WELD GASKet SUPPort
ALL
<other> is -+- HEADing -.| ||-----------+- text -.| |‘- NOHeading --------+- attribute -+- FROMSPcom -|
| | || ‘-------------||‘- WEIGHT -+- TOTAL FABRICATION -.
| |‘---------------------+--.
|.-----------------------------<--------------------------------’|‘--+- TOTAL ERECTION -.
| |‘------------------+- TOTAL COMBINED -.
| |‘------------------+- Factor --value --|
| |‘-------------------+--.
|.-----------------------------<---------------------------------’|‘--+- TubeFactor -- value --|
| |‘------------------------|
12.02:80
ISODRAFT Reference ManualCommand Reference Section
2.3.57 MATLISTFILENAME
Column width can be specified as part of the TABLEDEFINITION COLUMN syntax byadding:
- WITH WIdth value -+- nl -|| |‘------’
Querying: Q MATEriallistQ OPTions
Function: Specifies the name of a file to which the material list is to besent. Also specifies whether one file should be created for eachplot, or one file for all plots.
Description: You can send a copy of the material list data to a text file. Thisfile can be printed, and edited to produce, for example, anordering schedule. The MATLISTFILENAME commandspecifies the filename and the page length (as the number oflines) for its formatted contents. The file contains Fortrancarriage control characters and page headers and footers.
Subsequent MATLISTFILENAME commands followed by thesame filename will overwrite the file, unless you use theOVERWRITE option.
By default, the material list is not sent to a file, so you do nothave to specify a filename in order to use ISODRAFT. Thedefault page length is 55 lines.
Material list numbers are shown on the isometric plot even whenthe material list is sent only to a file.
Examples: MATLIST /SITE_A-LIST
Material list data sent to named file with default pagelength of 55 lines.
MATLIST /SITE_A-LIST WITH 70 LINES
Material list data sent to named file with page length of 70lines.
MATLIST /SITE_A-LIST PERPLOT OVER WITH 70 LINES
Material list data sent to a number of files, one for eachplot, with page length of 70 lines. The filenames are takenfrom the specified name, followed by an automaticnumeric suffix (in a similar fashion to plotfile naming). ThePERPLOTFILE OVERWRITE command overwrites anyfiles that exists with the same name as the generated files.
12.02:81
ISODRAFT Reference ManualCommand Reference Section
2.3.58 MESSAGEACCURACY
Command Syntax:
>-MATListfilename-+-filename +-OVERwrite --.| | || |-APPend -----|| | || |-PERPlotfile +- OVERwrite -.| | | || '-------------+-------------|-With integer Lines-.| | | || ‘-------------+--------------------|| |‘---OFF*----------------------------------------------------+->
Querying: Q MATListfilenameQ OPTions
Function: Controls how arrowed messages on the isometric are positioned on the isometric.
Description: The MESSAGEACCURACY RADIAL option determines theaccuracy level of the radial search, based on the number ofradial directions searched away from the arrowhead, thenumber of additional directions for kinked lines, and the lengthof increments of leader lines. The levels are as follows:
Level Radial directions searched away from arrowhead
Additional directions for kinked lines
Length increments of leader line
1 18 directions @ 20 degrees 2 directions @ 80 degrees 4mm
2 36 directions @ 10 degrees 4 directions @ 40, 80degrees
2mm
3 72 directions @ 5 degrees 8 directions @ 20, 40, 80degrees
1mm
Once all messages have been positioned, theMESSAGEACCURACY ITERATIONS option repositions anymessages with crossing leader lines, and all messages withleader lines passing through the text block. You can set amaximum number of iterations, and the process is repeated untilone of the following conditions is satisfied:
• No leader lines cross and no messages need to be moved.• The number of leader lines crossing and messages moving
is the same as the previous iteration.• The maximum number of iterations set by the option is
reached.
12.02:82
ISODRAFT Reference ManualCommand Reference Section
2.3.59 MESSAGEFILENAME
You should start with accuracy level 1. Higher accuracy levelsare achieved at the expense of performance. Increasing thenumber of iterations is not as expensive as higher accuracylevels, as often an equilibrium is reached before the maximumnumber of iterations. Thus it is recommended that the effect ofincreasing iterations be examined before increasing theaccuracy level.
Examples: MESSAGEACC RADIAL 2
Sets the accuracy level to 2, as shown in the above table.
MESSAGEACC ITERATIONS 4
Sets the maximum number of iterations to 4.
MESSAGEACC DEFAULT
Sets the default conditions of level 1 accuracy and 1iteration.
Command Syntax: >--- MESSAGEACCuracy ---+--- RADial --- level -----.| ||--- ITerations value -----|| |‘--- DEFault --------------+--->
Querying: Q MESSAGEACCuracy
Function: Specifies the name of the file to which messages about howdetailing is progressing will be sent.
Description: Before ISODRAFT will carry out a checking or detailingoperation, you must specify the name of a file to which errorand/or progress messages can be sent. There is no default filename.
Examples: MESS /ISOMESS
Creates a new message file.
MESS /ISOMESS OVER
Overwrites an existing file.
Command Syntax: >--- MESSagefilename filename ---+--- OVER ---.| |‘------------+--->
Querying: Q MESSagefilenameQ OPTions
12.02:83
ISODRAFT Reference ManualCommand Reference Section
2.3.60 MTEXTS
Function: Controls the material description part of item descriptions.
Description: A complete item description in a material list consists of thegeometric description (derived from the attributes of a DTEXTelement) and the material description (derived from theattributes of an MTEXT element).
MTEXT has three attributes: XTEXT, YTEXT and ZTEXT. Bydefault, the text which appears in the material list is the XTEXTattribute, but this can be changed so that the text stored in theYTEXT or ZTEXT attribute is displayed. This can be used, forexample, to store descriptions in different languages.
The MTEXTS IGNORE command allows you to suppress thematerial description to give a more concise material list entry.
Examples: MTEXts Ytext
Sets the description to the text held in the YTEXT attribute
MTEXts Ztext
Sets the description to the text held in the ZTEXT attribute
MTEXts Xtext
Sets the description to the text held in the XTEXT attribute.This is the default.
MTEXts IGNORE
Suppresses the material description completely.
MTEXts ON
Resets the material description to the text previously set.(XTEXT by default.)
Related Commands:
MATERIALLIST DTEXTS
Command Syntax: >--- MTEXts ---+--- IGNORE ---.| ||--- ON -------|| ||--- Xtext* ---|| ||--- Ytext ----|| |‘--- Ztext ----+--->
Querying: Q MTEXTQ OPTIONS
12.02:84
ISODRAFT Reference ManualCommand Reference Section
2.3.61 OPTIONS
2.3.62 OUTCOM
Function: Allows you to reset all options to their default settings.
Description: The OPTIONS command gives you a quick way of querying thecurrent settings of multiple options or of resetting all options totheir default states.
Note: After giving this command, you must specify thedestination (terminal or file) and the message file again.
Command Syntax: >--- OPTions DEFault --->
Querying: Q OPTions Gives current settings of all options.
Function: Defines the style in which attributes are output on the isometricdrawing area. You can also output the P3 directions of FTUBelements.
Description: You can output piping component attributes and user-definedattributes on the isometric drawing area. You can choosewhether the text is boxed or unboxed, and the style of box used.You can also output empty boxes for manual mark-up. Six stylesare available:
• A rectangular box with straight ends• A rectangular box with angled ends• A rectangular box with round ends• A triangular box• A diamond-shaped box• Unboxed
Examples: OUTC NAME SHOP :UDA1 ON INST ELBO PCOM WITH STR
Positions the attribute values for NAME, SHOP and theUDA values for UDA1 as straight edged boxed commentson all Instruments and Pcoms. The box leader line pointsto the centre of the component.
OUTC SHOP OFF
Switches off the output of the SHOP attributes for allcomponents.
OUTC BLANK 6 ON BEND WITH ANGL
Outputs an empty angled-edge box on all bends withspace for 6 text characters.
12.02:85
ISODRAFT Reference ManualCommand Reference Section
OUTC NAME ON ELBO OFF
Switches off output of the NAME attribute on ELBOWS.
OUTC P3DIRF WITH STRAIGHTOutputs P3 directions for FTUB as a straight edged box.
Restrictions: • Triangular boxes will have a limit of two characters.• Diamond boxes will have a limit of three characters.• Unset attributes will not be output.• Warnings are not output for unset or nonexistent attributes.• Empty boxes which are drawn as unboxed will not be
shown.
Command Syntax:
.-----<-----./ |
>- OUTCom -*- attribute -+| ||- P3DIRFtub -+----------------.| | ||-------------+- ON component -+- WITH --.| | | || | |---------+- BOXStyle style ---.| | | || ‘----------------+- OFF ------------------------|
| |‘- OFF -----------------------------------------------------+->
where attribute is one of the following:
NAME OWNER POSItion ORIentation SPREf
LSTUbe BUILt SHOP ISPEc TSPEc
ANGLe HEIGht RADIus LOOSe LOFFl
ALLOwance CREF CRFA CSTReLAXEs
ATTYp SPLN SPLT LEND TYPE
BLANK n :udaname :udaname NUMBERinteger
where :udaname NUMBER integer outputs a single element of a UDA array.
component is one of the following:
BEND ELBOw CAP CLOSure COUPling
CROSs FBLInd FLANge FTUBEINSTrument
LJSEnd OLET TEE PCOMPonent REDUcer
SHU TRAP UNIOn VALVe VFWAy
VTWAy WELD GASKet SUPPort ALL
12.02:86
ISODRAFT Reference ManualCommand Reference Section
style is one of the following:
STRaight ANGLed ROUNd TRIangular DIAMond
Querying: Q OUTCom
Lists all attributes output.
Q OUTCom attribute
Lists information about the named attribute.
Q OUTCom BLANK
Lists all blank lengths output, e.g. 6, 8, 12.
Q OUTCom BLANK n
Lists information about the blank of given length.
Q OUTCom UDA
Lists the names of all UDAs output.
Q OUTCom :udaname
Lists information for the named UDA.
Q OUTCom :udaname NUMBer integer
Lists information about the given element of a UDA array.
Q OUTCom PTDIRF
Lists information about tagging P3 directions on FTUBs.
Q OPTIONS
Lists all options set.
Note: The following queries are for application work only, andshould not be used in normal program use. Triplets are acombination of attribute, component and boxstyle:
Q OUTCom TRIPlets
Lists the number of triplets.
Q OUTCom TRIPlets n
Lists the details (component/attribute/ boxstyle) of tripletnumber n.
Q OUTCom BLANKTRIPlets
Lists the number of blank triplets.
Q OUTCom BLANKTRIPlets n
Lists the details (component/number of characters/boxstyle) of blank triplet number n
12.02:87
ISODRAFT Reference ManualCommand Reference Section
2.3.63 OVERALLSKEWS
2.3.64 PBENDNUMBERS
Function: Allows you to specify whether triangular skewboxes are shownas overall skewboxes across branches, or as separateskewboxes between branch connections.
Examples: OVERALLSKEWS ON
Triangle skewboxes shown as overall skewboxes acrossbranches
OVERALLSKEWS OFF
Triangle skewboxes shown as separate skewboxesbetween branch connections.
Related Commands:
SKEWBOX
Command Syntax: >--- OVERALLSKews ---+--- ON* ---.| |‘--- OFF ---+-->
Querying: Q OVERALLSKQ OPTIONS
Function: Numbering the pulled bends in Spool Drawings on an isometric.
Description: By default SPOOLER automatically generates numbers forevery pulled bend in a Spool Drawing. These numbers can beoutput on an isometric, by switching PBENDNumbers ON.
Note: This function has no effect when plotting isometrics fromthe DESIGN database.
The bends are sequentially numbered from one end of the SpoolDrawing with a default prefix of ‘B’. The numbers are displayedin a diamond, with an arrow pointing to the pulled bend. If thetotal number of characters (prefix + number) is greater than 3,the number is displayed in angled brackets; e.g. <B232>.
Examples: PBENDN ON Switches pulled bend numbering on.
PBENDN OFF Switches pulled bend numbering off.
Related Commands:
JOINTNUMBERS WELDNUMBERS
12.02:88
ISODRAFT Reference ManualCommand Reference Section
2.3.65 PICTURESCALE
Syntax Graph: >--- PBENDNumbers ---+--- ON ----.| |‘--- OFF ---+--->
Querying: Q PBENDNumbersQ OPTIONS
Function: Allows you to set the scale of the isometric drawing.
Description: For a given sheet size, the scale of the isometric drawing is setby default to give a good compromise between the amount ofinformation displayed and its legibility. The PICTURESCALEcommand allows you to reset the scale. The value you give isthe scale factor relative to the default value of 100.
Note: Changing the picture scale does not scale the wholeisometric, but just affects the size of the symbols andannotation relative to the length of pipe shown. Thematerial list is not affected.
It is probable that increasing the picture scale much above 100will split the drawing onto more sheets. See the SPLITcommand for details of how this can be controlled.
Examples: PICT 200 Magnifies the symbols to twice the size.
PICT 50 Reduces the size of the symbols by half.
Related Commands:
SPLIT
Command Syntax: >--- PICTurescale --- value --->
Querying: Q PICTureSCaleQ OPTions
12.02:89
ISODRAFT Reference ManualCommand Reference Section
2.3.66 PLOTDETAILDATA
Function: Allows you to position parameterised attribute data within detail plots.
Description: Detail plots may also contain the parameterised values of anyallowable type of system or user defined attributes. The attributes aredefined using the PLOTDETaildata command. This definitionincludes the following fields:
• Which attributes to display.• X, Y coordinates of the parameterised text, relative to the origin
of the detail plot.• Character height.• Angle at which to display text.
The values of the different types of attributes are output as text records, using the following formats:
• Array attributes are shown separated by a line.• Reference attributes are output as the full text of the attribute.• Logical attributes are shown as T or F.• Position, orientation and direction attributes are separated by
spaces.
Examples: PLOTDET /DETAIL1 ATTR PPOS 1 x 10 y 10 h 10 a 45
Plots the value of attribute ‘PPOS 1’ in DETAIL1, at a positionof 10:10 from the origin, with a character height of 10 and at anangle of 45°.
PLOTDET /DETAIL6 ATTR DPFN x 10 y 5 h 3.5 a 0
Plots the value of attribute ‘DPFN’ in DETAIL6, at a position of10:5 from the origin, with a character height of 3.5 and at anangle of 0°.
Command Syntax:
>- PLOTDETaildata -- ATTRibute - ATQNUM --+- X -----.| ||- Y -----|| ||- Height-|| |‘- Angle -+- value ->
Querying: Q PLOTDETaildata All
Will output all information for all detailed PLOT files.
Q PLOTDETaildata /filename All
Will list details of all parameters for the given PLOT file.
Q PLOTDETaildata /filename NUM/ATTRIBUTES
Will display the number of attributes for the given PLOT file.
Q PLOTDETaildata /filename ATTR INT
Will return the X,Y coordinates, height and angle of the INT’thparameter in the specified PLOT file.
12.02:90
ISODRAFT Reference ManualCommand Reference Section
2.3.67 PLOTTINGSCALE
2.3.68 POSITION
Function: Defines the scale of the plot independently of the drawing sheetsize.
Description: By default, the actual size of the plotted drawing sheetgenerated by ISODRAFT is the same as the designed sheetsize specified by the SIZE command. You can specify a plottedsheet smaller than the designed sheet by using thePLOTTINGSCALE command followed by a percentage scalingfactor in the range 50-100%.
Examples: PLOT 70.71
Applied to an A2 drawing, will create an A3 plot (70.71 = 1/Ö2 expressed as a percentage). This can be useful if, forexample, you want the drawing layout provided for an A2plot, but you want output from an A3 plotter.
PLOT 50
Applied to an A1 drawing, will create an A3 plot.
Command Syntax: >--- PLOTtingscale value --->
where value represents a percentage scaling factor in the range50-100%. The default is 100.
Querying: Q PLOTTQ OPTIONS
Function: Allows you to create tables of standard text annotations or pipeattributes.
Description: All items of text used for the standard annotation of isometricshave default positions at which they are plotted on the drawings.Some of these texts, together with a list of specified pipeattributes, can be plotted in a separate area away from the maindrawing.
The standard text annotations which can be repositioned are asfollows:
12.02:91
ISODRAFT Reference ManualCommand Reference Section
• The North direction arrow;• Spool numbers;• Sheet numbers; i.e. X in DRG X OF Y;• Sheet totals; i.e. Y in DRG X OF Y;• The Project Number; • System isometric names; • The Bend radius; • The date.
You can also specify the positions of up to 100 additional pipeattributes such as the pipe’s name, owner, temperature andpressure rating, and include UDAs and user-specified text. Youcan also specify the position of drawing attributes when detailinga drawing as defined by the SPOOLER module, using theSystem attribute option.
All text must be positioned in a margin, away from the drawingarea, to avoid overwriting the isometric plot itself. You willnormally allocate a suitable margin by using the MARGIN orRESERVE commands.
Note: No checks on text positions are made by ISODRAFT, soyou must take care not to corrupt the isometric by poorpositioning.
Note: Positioning an annotation at the origin (0, 0) has theeffect of suppressing the output of that text. This isparticularly useful for suppressing the output of names orthe North arrow.
It is possible to output the same piece of text at more than oneposition on an isometric plot by defining its coordinates morethan once. The new definitions will not overwrite the earlierones. The command POSITION text OFF is used to cancel adefined text position. You can define an angle of rotation for thepositioned text, ranging from horizontal to vertical, using theANGLE command.
The POSITION command also allows you to produce a numberof different tables on the isometric:
BENDING TABLES can be produced using the BENDTABLEcommand. This creates a sketch showing a schematic of abend, annotated to show the various bend parameters, and atable giving the appropriate lengths, radii and angles for pulledbends appearing on that drawing. If needed, you can output thedata as an ASCII file for transfer to a bending machine.
12.02:92
ISODRAFT Reference ManualCommand Reference Section
Drawing History Tables can be included using theREVISIONTABLE command. This produces a detailed history ofthe drawing (for example dates, descriptions, who drew andapproved the drawing and so on). Details for up to ten revisionsof the isometric will be included (numbered 0 to 9). Only UDAscan be selected for the table, and each UDA represents a family(for example, :REV0 means subsequent table entries will betaken from :REV0, :REV1, :REV2 and so on until an unsetattribute is found.
Design Conditions Tables are available through theSYSTEMTABLE command. These apply to system isometrics ordrawings as defined by the SPOOLER module. For each columna pipe attribute or UDA can be selected (see the tabledef syntaxdescription). If a SHORTCODE is defined it will be used to labelthe divisions between pipes on a drawing (a shortcode of L willlabel pipes as L1, L2 etc.). This shortcode can be included in thetable against the pipe name. Also, you can specify delimitercharacters for pipe name prefix and suffix. If you select either orboth delimiters for a name, the prefix or suffix will be stripped offbefore outputting the pipe name to the table. Therefore, twopipes forming one line on the P&ID, bearing the same basicname but with different area code suffixes, will appear as asingle name in the table.
Weld Tables can be included by using the WELDTABLEcommand, and this also allows you to create a Weld Report File.Note that WELDNUMBERS FROMDB must be selected if youwish to produce either a user-defined Weld Table or a WeldReport File (see the WELDNUMBERS command). Each columnmust be set to be filled by an attribute or UDA of the welds. Youcan choose one column as an alphanumeric sort key (the defaultbeing the weld number). If you choose a column other than weldnumber as a sort key, the table will be sorted firstly by yourselected column and secondly by weld number. The sort ordercan be forwards (meaning numbers start at the top of the table)or reverse (numbers start at the bottom of the table). Columntitle can be left blank if needed, and you can leave columncontents empty if desired.
Dynamic Detail Area PLOT Files can be included using theDETAILPLOTS command. These can show details of anyparticular item of interest on the isometric (welded supports,drain and vent assemblies, complex manifolds etc.).
12.02:93
ISODRAFT Reference ManualCommand Reference Section
Command Syntax:
>-POSItion ----.|
>-TEXTPOSition-+-SYSTEMName-------.| ||-SPOOlnumber------|| ||-PROJnumber-------|| ||-DATE-------------|| ||-NORTHArrow-------|| ||-SHEETNumber------|| ||-SHEETTotal-------|| ||-BENDRADius-------|| ||-SYSTem attribute-|| ||-attribute--------|| ||-text ------------+-AT-+-X <uval> Y <uval>-.| | | || | ‘-Y <uval> X <uval>-+-CHARH val -+-ANGle val-.| | | || | |-----------+-BOXed--.| | | || | +-<xyoff>-<tab>------+-.| | ‘----------------------|| |- <reltxt> -------------------------------------------------|| | || ‘- OFF ------------------------------------------------------||-BENDtable-------------------+- <possiz> --. || | | || |- FILEonly ---| || | | ||-REVISIONTable---. ‘- OFF --------+----------------------------------|| | ||-SYSTEMTable-----+- <possiz> -. || | | || |- OFF ------+-----------------. || | | |
‘- ADD -- <tabledef> ----------+------------------------------|| ||-WELDtable----+--<sortby>--. || | | || |------------+--<possiz>--. || | | | || | ‘--FILEonly--| || | | || ‘----ADD---<tabledef>-----+--------------------------------------|| | ||-DETAILPlots -+-CORner-<possiz>-<direc>-+-STACK-<int>-<direc>-. || | | | || | ‘---------------------+- SCALE-<int> --|| | || |-MAnual- CHARH val --SCALE-<int> -------------------------------|| | || |-ON ------------------------------------------------------------|| | || ‘—OFF -----------------------------------------------------------||-TEXTs------------. || | ||-ATTRibutes-------| || | ||-SYSTEMATTRibutes-+---OFF------------------------------------------------------|‘-------------------------------------------------------------------------------+->
12.02:94
ISODRAFT Reference ManualCommand Reference Section
xyoff defines the x and y offsets between the columns androws for positioning attributes on system isometrics, asfollows:>--+-- XOFFset - <uval> --+-- YOFFset - <uval> --.
| ‘----------------------|| |‘-- YOFFset - <uval> --+-- XOFFset - <uval> --|
‘----------------------+-->
uval is a dimension in either the current or specified units.For example:
X 10 Y 30 current units
X 0.5 inches Y1.2 inches
specified units
reltxt positions the specified corner of the new text relativeto the specified corner of the previous text by the X and Yoffset distances. The syntax for this is:
- BL -| Where: BL = bottom left| BR = bottom right
- BR -| TL = top left| TR = top right
- TL -||
- TR -+- RELto -+- BL -.| ||- BR -|| ||- TL -|| |‘- TR -+- XOFF -value-|- YOFF -value-|- CHARH -value-+- BOX -.
| | || +-------|‘-----------------------------------------------------+->
For example, the command:
BR REL TL XOFF 10 YOFF 20 CHARH 2.5 BOX
will position the bottom-right corner of the new text 10mmacross and 20mm up from the top-left corner of the previoustext. The new text will be boxed and have a character heightof 2.5mm.
tab defines the number of rows and columns in the table andthe order in which they are filled:
>- DIREction -+- Horizontal -.| |‘- Vertical ---+- Rows value - Columns value ->
tabledef defines the headings and contents for theproduction of user defined tables. Note that ISODRAFTautomatically tabulates the contents of the tables and drawslines between the rows and columns. The syntax is:
12.02:95
ISODRAFT Reference ManualCommand Reference Section
.----------------------------------------------------------------------------.>-+- COLumn number -+- HEADing--. |
| | | ||-----------------+-----------+--text--. || | | | || ‘- NOHeading---------+--FILL--. || | | || |--------+--attribute--. || | | | || | ‘--SHORTcode--| || | | || ‘--EMPty-----------------WIdth value--|
where number is the number of the column you wish todefine, text is the column heading (in inverted commas),attribute is any attribute name and value is the column widthin characters. Note that SHORTCODE applies to the SystemTable only.
possiz allows you to position your table:
>- CORner -+- BL -.|- BR -||- TL -|‘- TR -+- AT -.
| |‘------+- X <uval> Y <uval> -.
| |‘- Y <uval> X <uval> -+- CHARacterHeight value ->
with BL being Bottom Left, TR being Top Right, and so on.This allows you to position one of the corners of the tableexactly.
direcn gives a direction for future detail plots:
>-- DIRection --+- Up ----.| ||- Down --|| ||- Left --|| |‘-Right --+-->
CHARHeight value is the character height in mm. Thedefault size is 2.1mm, while the minimum size is 1.4mm.
sortby is:
>-- SORTby -- attribute --+-- FORwards --.| |‘-- REVerse ---+-->
Note: For detailing at Branch level, attributes NAME,PSPEC, ISPEC, TSPEC and PTSP are taken from theBranch settings. Other attributes are taken from thePipe settings. If you position any pipe attribute whichhas an associated ATEXT, the output of the Atext willbe suppressed.
12.02:96
ISODRAFT Reference ManualCommand Reference Section
Example: Defining a Spool Number Table
A 4x3 table of spool numbers can be set up by using thecommand
POSI SPOOLN AT X 100 Y 10 CHARH 3 XOFF -10 YOFF 8 DIRE V R 4 C 3
These table parameters (i.e. X Offset -10mm; Y Offset 8mm;Character height 3mm; Direction Vertical; Number of rows 4;Number of columns 3) will generate the following output for apipe containing 11 spools:
The origin of the table (which was positioned at X 100mm, Y10mm by the POSI SPOOLN command) is at the bottom left-hand corner of the first spool number.
If you specify SPOOLNUMBERS OFF before plotting theisometric, the space allocated for the table will appear as ablank area. If you specify SPOOLNUMBERS PREFIX, theprefix will be plotted with the spool number.
If the number of spools exceeds the number of placesavailable in the table (12 in this example), the table will befilled and then an error message will be generated.
Example: Creating a Drawing History Table
If you wished to plot a table that showed the history of anisometric and who was involved in its production, you couldenter the following commands:
POSI REVISIONT COR BL AT X 20 Y 40 CHARH 2.0 COL 1 HEAD ‘Rev‘ :REV0 WI 3COL 2 HEAD ’Description’ :DES0 WI 8COL 3 HEAD ’Date’ :DAT0 WI 8C0L 4 HEAD ’Drwn By’ :DRW0 WI 7COL 5 HEAD ’Chkd By’ :CHK0 WI 11COL 6 HEAD ’Appd By’ :APA0 WI 11COL 7 HEAD ’Appd By’ :APB0 WI 9EXIT
Example: A System Isometric
The following commands will position the pipe attributesNAME, BORE, TEMP, PRESS and CCEN as shown inExamples of Isometric Plots.
[8] [4]
[11] [7] [3]
[10] [6] [2]
[9] [5] [1]
-10mm
8mm
y
x
Direction of table
12.02:97
ISODRAFT Reference ManualCommand Reference Section
MATE OFF (Material List not plotted)
MARG R 120 (Set width of right margin)
DIME COMPON
(Plot composite-style dimensions)
SPLIT 1 DRW (Plot whole system on a single sheet)
POSI NAME AT X480 Y150 CHARH 4.5 YOFF -9 DIRE VROWS 6 COLU 1POSI BORE AT X510 Y150 CHARH 4.5 YOFF -9 DIRE VROWS 6 COLU 1POSI TEMP AT X525 Y150 CHARH 4.5 YOFF -9 DIRE VROWS 6 COLU 1POSI PRESS AT X540 Y150 CHARH 4.5 YOFF -9 DIREV ROWS 6 COLU 1POSI CCEN AT X555 Y150 CHARH 4.5 YOFF -9 DIRE VROWS 6 COLU 1DETAIL /SYSTEM1 /SYSTEM2 /SYSTEM3 /SYSTEM4 AS ’/ISOG96.TEST’
Querying: Q OPTions
QTEXTPOSitions
Lists all current user-defined text positions.
QTEXTPOSitions text
Lists the position of the attribute given by
text.
The following Query commands list the parameters set for theitem, as described in the previous pages:
Q TEXTPOSitions SYSTEMNameQ TEXTPOSitions SPOOlnumbersQ TEXTPOSitions PROJnumberQ TEXTPOSitions DATEQ TEXTPOSitions NORTHArrowQ TEXTPOSitions SHEETNumber
Q TEXTPOSitions BENDRADiusQ TEXTPOSitions UDAQ TEXTPOSitions BENDtableQ TEXTPOSitions REVISIONTableQ TEXTPOSitions SYSTEMTableQ TEXTPOSitions WELDTableQ TEXTPOSitions SYSTemQ TEXTPOSitions TABlewidths
12.02:98
ISODRAFT Reference ManualCommand Reference Section
2.3.69 POSTPROCESS
Note: The following queries are for application use only:
Q TEXTPOSitions TEXT
Tells you the number of user text strings (i.e. ’ABC’strings) positioned.
Q TEXTPOSitions TEXT n
Gives the actual string value for the item at position n inthe list.
Q TEXTPOSitions TEXT text
Gives the details (X, Y coordinates, character heightsetc.) for text.
Q TEXTPOSitions ATTRibute
Number of pipe attributes/UDAs positioned.
Q TEXTPOSitions ATTRibute n
Gives actual attribute of item in position n in the list.
Q TEXTPOSition <att>
Gives details of the named attribute.
Q TEXTPOSitions SYSTEMATTRibute
Gives the number of drawing attributes/UDAs.
Q TEXTPOSitions SYSTEMATTRibute n
Gives the attribute at position n in the list.
Q TEXTPOSitions SYSTEMATTRibute <att>
Gives the details of the named attribute.
Function: Lets you specify up to five system commands which are to beexecuted during ISODRAFT's intermediate transfer fileprocessing.
Description: The PREPROCESS command defines system commands whichwill be executed after the intermediate transfer file has beenwritten and before ISODRAW is invoked. You can define up tofive such commands, each identified by an integer.
Examples: PREPROCESS 2 'any system command' 3 'another command’
Command Syntax: .----------------. / |
>--- PREPROcess -+- integer - text --+-->
Related Commands:
POSTPROCESSPROCESS
12.02:99
ISODRAFT Reference ManualCommand Reference Section
2.3.70 PRECISION
2.3.71 PREPROCESS
2.3.72 PROCESS
Function: Sets bore dimensions to be nominal or actual.
Description: Sets bore dimensions to be nominal or actual.
Examples: PRECISION BORES NOMINAL
Sets bore dimensions to be nominal
PRECISION BORES ACTUAL
Sets bore dimensions to be actual
Command Syntax: >--- PRECIsion BORES ---+--- NOMINAL ---.| |‘--- ACTUAL ----+--->
Querying: Q PRECIsion BORES
Function: Lets you specify up to five system commands which are to beexecuted during ISODRAFT's intermediate transfer fileprocessing
Description: The PREPROCESS command defines system commands whichwill be executed after the intermediate transfer file has beenwritten and before ISODRAW is invoked. You can define up to fivesuch commands, each identified by an integer.
Examples: PREPROCESS 2 'any system command' 3 'another command'
Command Syntax: >--- PRECIsion BORES ---+--- NOMINAL ---.| |‘--- ACTUAL ----+--->
Querying:
Function: Instructs ISODRAFT to process a transfer file.
Description: The PROCESS command is used to process a transfer file. Theoperation takes account of any preprocessing or postprocessingactions which have been defined.
Examples: PROCESS TRANS /TRANSFER
Processes a transfer file named /TRANSFER.
12.02:100
ISODRAFT Reference ManualCommand Reference Section
2.3.73 PROJECTNUMBER
2.3.74 Query
Command Syntax: >--- PROCess TRANsferfilename filename --->
Related Commands:
PREPROCESS POSTPROCESS
Function: Writes the project number in the title block area.
Description: The PROJECTNUMBER command writes the project numberinto the title block area. A project number of up to 12alphanumeric characters can be used. The default is for noproject number to be shown on the drawings.
If PROJECTNUMBER FROMSYSTEM is specified, the projectnumber shown on entry to the project, and stored within theSystem DB, will be plotted automatically. This text will havebeen set by the System Administrator using ADMIN.
Examples: PROJECTN FRO
The project number will be taken from the system projectnumber.
PROJECTN ‘AA-1234-ZZ’
The project number will be AA-1234-ZZ.
Command Syntax: >--- PROJECTNumber ---+--- text ---------.| |‘--- FROmsystem ---+--->
Querying: Q PROJECTNumber Q OPTIONS
Function: Allows you to find the current settings of various options.
Command Syntax: >--- Query --- option --->The main ISODRAFT options are:
ATTAName ATExt ATExt value
AXES BENDRADius BOLTing
CHARHeight CLLEngthfilename
CONTinuationsymbols
12.02:101
ISODRAFT Reference ManualCommand Reference Section
CONTNotes CONTWelds COOrdinates
COORDS CUTMarks CUTPipelistfile
CUTTinglist DATE DELImiter
DETAILList DIMDist DIMEnsions
DTEXts ELEVations EQUIPMENTNumbering
FALLinglines FLOWarrows FRAMe
INSTName INSULationcontrol
ISO
ISOType ITEMcode ITEMcode LENGTH
KEYS KEYSkeynumber
LEGLength
LOOSeflangeallowance
MARGin MARK
MATControl MATEriallist MATListfilename
MESSagefilename MTEXts OPTions
OUTCom OUTComattribute
OUTCom BLANKvalue
OUTPut UNITS OVERALLSKews
PICTurescale
PLOTTingscale PROJECTNumber
REFDIMensions
REPEatbility REServe RETUrnfilename
SIZE SKEWbox SPECBreak
SPLIt SPOOlnumbers
STACkingarrangement
SUPPORTFilename
SUPPorts SYMBolfilename
TAGging TAPping TEXTPOSitions
TEXPOSitions text TITleblock TITleblock value
TOLerance TRACingcontrol TRANsferfilename
TRUNcate TUBESplits UNDerlayplotname
UNITS WASTage WASTage integer
WELDId WELDNumbers WELDType
12.02:102
ISODRAFT Reference ManualCommand Reference Section
2.3.75 RECREATE
2.3.76 REFDIMENSIONS
Function: Creates a macro file or binary file which can then be run intoISODRAFT again.
Description: On UNIX workstations, the RECREATE command can be usedto create a macro file which can then be read into ISODRAFTagain to recreate the existing option settings or the detail list.See the Software Customisation Guide for more informationabout writing and using macros. You can also use theRECREATE command to save the screen layout, which canthen be read in again using the INSTALL SETUP command.
RECREATE has other options available in different PDMSmodules. See the relevant Reference Manuals for details.
Examples: RECReate OPTions /OPT OVER
Saves the current option settings in a file named /OPT.Any existing file named /OPT will be overwritten.
RECReate DETAillist /LIST
Saves the detail list in a file named /LIST
RECReate /DISP
Saves the screen display in a file named /DISP.
Related Commands:
INSTALLSETUP
Command Syntax:
>-- RECReate --+----------------.| ||-- OPTions -----|| |‘-- DETAillist --+-- filename --+-- OVERwrite --.
| |‘---------------+-->
Function: Switches the display of reference dimensions on and off.
Description: If reference dimensions have been set up in the DESIGNdatabase, they can be shown on isometric plots by using theREFDIMENSIONS command.
12.02:103
ISODRAFT Reference ManualCommand Reference Section
2.3.77 REMOVE
Examples: REFDimensions ON
Displays reference dimensions.
REFDimensions OFF
Reference dimensions are not displayed.
Command Syntax: >--- REFDimensions ---+--- ON ----.| |‘--- OFF ---+--->
Querying: Q REFDIMensionsQ OPTIONS
Function: Removes named elements from the list of items to be processedby the next DETAIL or CHECK command.
Description: The elements to be checked or detailed by ISODRAFT can bedefined before giving the CHECK or DETAIL command bysetting up a Detail List. You add elements to the list using theADD command and remove them using the REMOVEcommand. The next CHECK ALL or DETAIL ALL command actson elements in the current Detail List (that is, all elements in theAdd List except those in the Remove List).
Examples: REMOVE /PIPE3-1 /BRAN3-2-2
Removes the named elements from the Detail List.
REMOVE EMPTY
Empties the Remove List.
Related Commands:
ADD CHECK DETAIL REPEATABILITY
Command Syntax:
.----<------------------------------------------------. / |
>-- REMove ---+--- <gid> ---------------------------------------------|| ||-- SHEETNumber --+--- integer --. || | | || ‘--- SINGle ---+---------. || | ||-- SPOOL --+-- integer --+-- OF integer --| || | | | || | ‘----------------| || | | || ‘-- text ----------------------+-- <gid> ---|| |‘----EMPTY----------------------------------------------+--->
Note: The DETAIL EMPTY also empties the Remove List. Seethe DETAIL command.
12.02:104
ISODRAFT Reference ManualCommand Reference Section
2.3.78 REPEATABILITY
Restrictions: • The maximum number of element identifiers allowed in aRemove List is 100.
• The maximum number of items for any single pipe (sheetsor spools) is 20. You can only add sheets for a Pipe whichhas previously been detailed with Repeatability on, so thatsplit points have been stored in the DESIGN database. Seethe REPEATABILITY command.
Querying: Q DETaillist Lists contents of both Add and Remove lists.
Function: Creates split ATTAs at automatically generated split points forsubsequent storage in the DESIGN database.
Description: When a pipe is detailed which needs splitting over more thanone sheet, ISODRAFT automatically generates split points.Normally this data is not stored, and so if the design is alteredand the pipe detailed again, the split points may be in differentplaces.
Repeatability allows you to save these split points in a macro tobe run in DESIGN. This macro stores the split point informationin the DESIGN database. You can then use this information toreplot single sheets when you have made changes to yourdesign which only affect those sheets, keeping the split points inthe same positions as before.
A function in the SPOOLER module allows you to erase this splitpoint information if need be.
Repeatability is not available for system isometrics or equipmenttrims.
Split ATTAs are automatically created at split points, in correctlist order, with correct coordinates. Once in place they areindistinguishable from split ATTAs that have been manuallycreated. They can be repositioned as required. The macro willselect the ATTA using default selectors, and then set itsATTYPE attribute to XXXX. (The macro will be handled in thesame manner as an inter-DB connection macro.)
Note: Prior to Version 10.4, the REPEATABILITY commandalso stored spool identifiers in the database. Thisfunction is now replaced by the SPOOLER modulefunctionality.
Examples: REPE ONREPE OFF
Related Commands:
ADD DETAIL REMOVE SPLIT
12.02:105
ISODRAFT Reference ManualCommand Reference Section
2.3.79 RESERVE
Command Syntax: >--- REPEatability ---+--- ON------.| |‘--- OFF* ---+--->
Restrictions: • Split ATTAs will not be automatically created if somealready exist in the pipe.
• Re-ordering branches will destroy the integrity of therepeatability data.
• Repeatability is not available for system isometrics orequipment trims.
Querying: Q REPEATABILITYQ OPTIONS
Function: Allows you to specify a blank area at the bottom of the drawingarea or the Material list.
Description: You can reserve an area at the bottom of the drawing area orMaterial list, which will be left blank when the isometric isplotted. Note that if you want a blank area across the wholesheet, not just the drawing area, you should use the MARGINcommand to specify a large bottom margin.
A reserved area can be used for standard notes, detail PLOTfiles, a company name, etc. or it can be filled by information on abacking sheet using the UNDERLAYPLOT command.
The default is a reserved height of zero; that is, no reservedarea.
Examples: RESERVE 30
Reserves an area 30 units high across the drawing area.
RESERVE 2 INCH
Reserves an area 2 inches high across the drawing area.
RESERVE MAT 30
Reserves an area 30 units high across the bottom of theMaterial list
Related Commands:
MARGIN
Command Syntax: >--- REServe -+-- <uval> --------------------.| |‘-- MATeriallist --- <uval> ---+--->
Querying: Q REServeQ OPTions
12.02:106
ISODRAFT Reference ManualCommand Reference Section
2.3.80 SETCOMPDATE
Function: Sets the Comparison Date for an MDB or DB.
Description: Sets the Comparison Date for an MDB or DB. You can set thecomparison date to an actual date, to a stamp, or, for a specificDB, to an exact session number and/or extract number. Thecomparison date can be used in queries and, for example, inChange Highlighting, where it is necessary to specify acomparison date in order to determine which elements havebeen changed since the specified date.
Note: If a stamp is used to set the comparison date, this will setthe comparison session for each database within thestamp. It will also reset any comparison dates setpreviously.
Querying a date will only return a value if the lastSETCOMPDATE command used a date on its own, otherwise itwill return 'unset'. Similarly, querying a stamp is only valid if thelast SETCOMPDATE command used a stamp.
Examples: SETCOMPDATE 10 January 2002
Sets the comparison date to 10 January 2002.
SETCOMPDATE STAMP stamp 016
Sets the comparison date to stamp 016.
Related Commands:
CHANGE HIGHLIGHTING
Command Syntax:
>- SETCOMPDATE -+- <date> -------------------------------------------------------------.|- STAMP - name -------------------------------------------------------|‘- FOR - DB - dbname - TO -+- <date> ----------------------------------|
|- Session - integer - EXTRACT -+- integer -|| '- dbname -||-- Session -- integer ---------------------|‘-- EXTRACT -+- integer --------------------|
‘- dbname ---------------------+->
Querying: Q COMPDATE EXTRACT FOR DB CTBATEST/DESIQ COMPDATE COMPDATE SESSION FOR DB CTBATEST/DESI
12.02:107
ISODRAFT Reference ManualCommand Reference Section
2.3.81 SIZE
2.3.82 SKEWBOX
Function: Specifies the overall dimensions of the drawing sheet.
Description: The SIZE command allows you to specify the dimensions of thedrawing sheet; either in current or specified units, or as astandard ISO or American drawing sheet size. The default isISO A2.
ISODRAFT will subtract the current margins and reserved area(if any) before laying out the isometric plot, the material list,frame and title block in the remaining area of the sheet.
Examples: SIZE A3 Specifies ISO A3 size.
SIZE AA Specifies American A size
SIZE H 300 W400
Specifies dimensions 300mm high x 400mmwide (assuming current units are mm).
Related Commands:
MARGIN RESERVE
Command Syntax:
>--- SIZE ---+--- AA ---.| ||--- AB ---|| ||--- AC ---|| ||--- AD ---|| ||--- AE ---+---------------------------------.| ||--- A --- integer --------------------------|| ||--- Height --- value --- Width --- value ---|| |‘--- Width --- value --- Height --- value ---+--->
Restrictions: Standard ISO sizes, as defined by integer, must be in the rangeA0 to A4.
Querying: Q SIZEQ OPTions
Function: Controls how skewed piping is represented.
Description: Any skewed sections of piping, whether or not they involve a fall,can be represented either by full boxes (2D or 3D; see theFALLSKEWS command) or by triangles.
12.02:108
ISODRAFT Reference ManualCommand Reference Section
Figure 2:6. Full and triangle skewboxes.
If triangle representation is specified, the following options areavailable:
• The dimensions can be shown in standard form or in a non-standard form.
• The triangle areas can be shown hatched (shaded),partially hatched or unhatched.
• Skew triangles can be tagged with swing angles in thecorners of the triangles. These are output in the firstcorners of the triangles in the direction the line is detailed.
• H and V notes can be output in the right angle corners ofhorizontal (H) and vertical (V) triangles.
• Overall skewboxes, or skewboxes between branches, canbe shown.
Figure 2:7. Standard and non-standard dimensioning styles, and hatching.
Full box Triangle
Standard dimensioning Non-standard dimensioning Hatched
12.02:109
ISODRAFT Reference ManualCommand Reference Section
Standard dimensioning shows the horizontal and verticaldimension lines of the triangle standing out from the sides of thetriangle. Non-standard dimensioning shows the dimensioncharacters positioned along the sides of the triangle itself. Thedefault is standard dimensioning.
The default standout distances for the two types ofdimensioning are:
• 13mm line standout for standard dimensioning• 4mm character standout for non-standard dimensioning
By default, skewbox triangles are highlighted by parallel-linehatching with a spacing of 3mm between the hatching lines. Thehatching can be switched off, the spacing altered or an area ofthe triangles selected for hatching.
Note that these standout distances may not be set to the samevalue as other standout distances.
Figure 2:8. Overall and individual skewboxes.
12.02:110
ISODRAFT Reference ManualCommand Reference Section
Figure 2:9. Skewed and falling line with hatched triangle skewboxes.
Examples: SKEWBOX FULL
Skews shown by full boxes
SKEWBOX TRIANGLE
Skews shown by triangles with standard dimensioning,13mm (default) standout for dimension lines, and hatchingat 3mm (default) spacing
SKEWBOX TRIANGLE NSTD HATCH OFF STANDOUT 7MM
Skews shown by triangles with non-standard dimensioning(characters along triangle sides), a character standout of7mm, and no hatching
25mm
12.02:111
ISODRAFT Reference ManualCommand Reference Section
SKEWBOX TRIANGLE STANDOUT 20MM HATCH PART 25
Skews shown by triangles with standard dimensioning, adimensioning line standout of 20mm, and partial hatchingat standard spacing for a length of 25mm (being themaximum height that the shading will reach).
SKEWBOX TRIANGLE TAGS ANGLES
Skews shown by triangles with standard dimensioning,13mm (default) standout for dimension lines, and hatchingat 3mm (default) spacing, with swing angles shown in thefirst corners
Related Commands:
FALLINGLINES FALLSKEWS OVERALLSKEWSDIMDISTANCE
Command Syntax:
>- SKEWbox -+-- FULL ----.| |‘- TRIangle -+- NSTD --. .-----------------------------------------.
| |/ |‘---------*- HATCH -+- <uval> -+- PART/IAL -+- <uval>-|
| | | | || | | ‘- OFF ---|| | | || | ‘----------------------|| | || |-- OFF --------------------------|| | || |-- DEFault ----------------------|| | || ‘---------------------------------|| ||-- STANdout --+-- <uval> ------------------|| | || |-- DEFault -----------------|| | || ‘----------------------------|| ||-- TAGS ------+-- ANGles --. || | | || |-- HV ------| || | | || |-- ON ------| || | | || ‘-- OFF -----+---------------|| |‘-------------------------------------------+>
Querying: Q SKEWboxQ OPTIONS
12.02:112
ISODRAFT Reference ManualCommand Reference Section
2.3.83 SPECBREAK
Function: Specifies the level at which a change of pipeline specification isnoted, and which changes are recorded on the isometric.
Description: Pipeline specification changes are indicated by notes againstthe corresponding points on the isometric plot. By default,specification changes are noted at component level, but theycan be noted at Branch level instead.
SPECBREAK BRANCH causes only changes in the Branchspecification to be recognised.
SPECBREAK COMPONENT causes the Branch specification tobe ignored and changes to be recognised only in the componentattributes LSTUBE or SPREF, or in the Branch attributeHSTUBE .
The format in which a specification change is shown is that boththe original and new specifications are shown at each point ofchange. The format is similar to that used for dimensioning.
SPECBREAK can be further modified to output specificationchanges for material, insulation, tracing, paint, and (up to) fiveuser-defined specifications. By default, only specificationchanges for Pipe will be output. By switching SPECCHANGESto ON, you can output the other changes.
The following Atext defaults are associated with the specificationbreaks on the drawing area:
Specification Specification ATEXT
Spec Break ATEXT
Pipeline name 288 ‘PIPE’ 288 ‘PIPE’
Material spec 253 ‘PIPINGSPEC’
289 ‘MATL’
Insulation spec 270 ‘THERMALINSULATIONSPEC’
290 ‘INSUL’
Tracing spec 271 ‘TRACINGSPEC’
291 ‘TRACE’
Painting spec 272 ‘PAINTINGSPEC’
292 ‘PAINT’
User defined 293 to 297 null 293 to 297 nullstring
12.02:113
ISODRAFT Reference ManualCommand Reference Section
2.3.84 SPLIT
Examples: SPECB COMP
Recognises changes in component specifications only.
SPECB BRAN
Recognises changes in branch specifications only.
SPECB BRAN SPECC ON
Recognises changes in branch specifications only, andoutputs specification changes for insulation, tracing andpaint.
Command Syntax: >- SPECBreak -+- COMPonent* -.| |‘- BRANch -----+- SPECChanges -+- ON ---.
| | || ‘- OFF* -+| |‘------------------------+>
Querying: Q SPECBreakQ OPTions
Function: Controls the number of drawing sheets used when a pipeline issplit over more than one sheet.
Description: If a pipeline is too long or complex to fit on a single isometricplot, ISODRAFT will automatically split the pipeline overseparate drawings. Each drawing will be identified as DRG 1 OF..., DRG 2 OF ..., etc. You can control the relative complexity ofeach drawing, or the number of drawings into which theisometric is to be split, by using the SPLIT command.
You can control splitting either by giving a split factor, or byspecifying the number of drawings used for the isometric.
The default value of the split factor is 100. Note that this valuedoes not relate directly to either the number of fittings or theamount of text on a sheet. It is a measure of the complexity ofthe drawing, relative to its size, on an arbitrary scale.
Greater sheet complexity is specified by giving a split factorgreater than 100, and lower complexity by giving a split factorless than 100.
You can control exactly where pipes are split by using SplitATTAs in the design. If user-defined positions for splits havebeen created in the design, ISODRAFT will always use theseand not calculate its own split points.
Split points in tube can be controlled by the TUBESPLITScommand.
12.02:114
ISODRAFT Reference ManualCommand Reference Section
2.3.85 SPOOLNUMBERS
Examples: SPLIt 3 DRwgs
Splits the isometric into 3 drawings.
SPLIt 75 PERCent
Splits the isometric so that the complexity of each drawingis 75% of the default.
Related Commands:
ERASE REPEATABILITY TUBESPLITS
Restrictions: Only single pipelines can be split into a fixed number ofdrawings.
Command Syntax: >--- SPLIt --- value ---+--- DRwgs -----.| |‘--- PERCent ---+--->
The default is 100 percent.
Querying: Q SPLITQ OPTions
Function: Specifies how individual pipe spools are identified on isometrics.
Description: SPOOLER can generate spool numbers per spool drawing.These spool numbers are stored in the Fabrication DB and canbe imported into ISODRAFT by using the FROMDB command.
If you don‘t use the FROMDB option but switch spool numberingon, ISODRAFT will number the spools. These numbers are notmaintained between sessions. The parameters that ISODRAFTuses to number spools are as follows:
• Spools are numbered sequentially from the start of thepipeline. If a Tee is encountered, numbering continuesdown the off-line leg before returning to the main linesequence.
• Spools are identified on the isometric plot by spool numbersplotted in square brackets, e.g. [8], on the first leg of a pipe.They are also listed at the end of the material list.
• By default, spools are numbered continuously from onedrawing to the next. The command SPOOLNUMBERSPERDrawing causes spool numbering to be restarted at 1on each new drawing sheet. For details of how to plot pipespools on separate drawing sheets, see the ISOTYPEcommand.
• The PREFIX option can be used to combine the spoolnumbers with either user-specified text or the SPLPattribute of Pipe and Drawing in DESIGN. ISODRAFT caninsert generated sheet and spool numbers into a user-defined spool name if wildcard characters * are included inthe text.
12.02:115
ISODRAFT Reference ManualCommand Reference Section
Examples: SPOOLN FROMDB
The spool numbers generated in the SPOOLER modulewill be used by ISODRAFT in the isometric plot and spoollist.
SPOOLN PREF FROMDB
The spool numbers will be generated, with the prefix takenfrom the DESIGN SPLP attribute.
SPOOLN ON
Spool numbers are generated by ISODRAFT and shownon the pipes and below the material list.
SPOOLN OFF
Spool numbers are not shown at all.
SPOOLN PREF ‘Tube Spec:’ PERD
Spool numbers will be shown below the material list, andthe prefix will be included in all spool numbers in thedrawing area. Spool numbering will restart at 1 on eachnew drawing sheet.
SPOOLN PREF ‘/PIPE1/DRE*/SPL*’
Spool numbers will be shown below the material list, andthe sheet and spool numbers will be written into the prefixname. So, for example, the identifier PIPE1/DRG2/SPL3will be generated automatically for spool 3 of drawing 2 ofPIPE1. This format can only be used with theSPOOLNUMBERS PERDRAWING option.
Related Commands:
ISOTYPE
Command Syntax:
>-- SPOOlnumbers --+-- PREFix - + - text ----.| | || ‘ - FROMDB -+- PERDrawing --.| | || ‘---------------|| ||-- PERDrawing --+-- PREFix - + - text ---|| | | || | ‘- FROMDB --|| ‘------------------------|| ||-- FROMDB -------------------------------|| ||-- ON* ----------------------------------|| |‘-- OFF ----------------------------------+-->
Note: * Spool numbers are generated for each isometric, withno relationship to any data stored in the databases.
12.02:116
ISODRAFT Reference ManualCommand Reference Section
2.3.86 STACKINGARRANGEMENT
Restrictions: The maximum number of spools per pipe is 99.
The maximum length of the spool prefix is 40 characters.
Querying: Q SPOOLNumbersQ OPTions
Function: Positioning multiple plots on the paper.
Description: When you are using multiple PLOT files, you can specify thelayout of the individual plots on the paper. You can align theplots along the paper, that is with their long sides parallel to thelength of the paper, or across the paper, that is with their shortsides parallel to the length of the paper. You can specify howmany drawings should be plotted in the given direction.
The default format is STACKINGARRANGEMENT 1 ALONGwhich produces a single row of drawings with their long sidesaligned with the length of the paper.
Note that you must ensure that there is enough room across thewidth of the paper for the arrangement you have specified. Thelength of the paper is specified in the FILE command.
The stacking facility has no meaning, and is ignored, whensingle PLOT files are used.
Examples: STACK 2 ACROSS
will orientate the drawing frames across the width of thepaper, two abreast:
direction of paper movement
12.02:117
ISODRAFT Reference ManualCommand Reference Section
2.3.87 SUPPORTFILENAME
STACK 3 ALONG
will orient the drawing frames along the width of the paper,three high:
Related Commands:
FILE SIZE
Command Syntax: >--- STACkingarrangement -- value --+--- ALONg ---.| ||--- ACROss ---|| |‘--------------+-->
Querying: Q STACkingarrangementQ OPTions
direction of paper movement
Function: Specifies the name of a file to which a pipe support schedule isto be sent.
Description: Specifies the name of a file to which a pipe support schedule isto be sent. If the OVERWRITE option is included, any existingfile of the given name will be overwritten by the new scheduledata.
Examples: SUPPORTF /SUP1
Sends the pipe support schedule to a file named SUP1.
SUPPORTF /SUP1 OVER
Overwrites the pipe support schedule in the file SUP1.
SUPPORTF OFF
Stops the pipe support schedule being written to a file.
Command Syntax: >--- SUPPORTFilename --+-- name --+-- OVERwrite --.| | || ‘---------------|| |‘--- OFF* -----------------+-->
12.02:118
ISODRAFT Reference ManualCommand Reference Section
2.3.88 SUPPORTS
2.3.89 SYMBOLFILENAME
Restrictions: For system isometrics, no information will be written to thesupport file
Querying: Q SUPPORTFilename Q OPTions
Function: Defines whether support positions are dimensioned as overall orstring dimensions, and whether supports are shown at all on theisometric.
Description: Support positions may be dimensioned in one of two ways,overall or string. The default is SUPPORTS STRING. Supportinformation can also be omitted completely from the isometrics.
Note that the position of support dimensions, that is whetherthey are on the same side or the opposite side to the string orcomposite dimensions, is controlled by the DIMENSIONSHANGERS command.
Examples: SUPPorts OVErall
Supports dimensioned from previous support.
SUPPorts STRing
Supports dimensioned from previous component.
SUPPorts OFF
No support information shown.
Related Commands:
DIMENSIONS DIMDIST
Command Syntax: >--- SUPPorts ---+--- STRing* ---.| ||--- OVErall ---|| |‘--- OFF -------+--->
Querying: Q SUPPortsQ OPTions
Function: Specifies the name of a symbol library.
Description: The SYMBOLFILENAME command loads a file of user-definedsymbols previously created in PDMS DRAFT. You can definethis file as read-only if you want to protect the symbol definitionsfrom subsequent modification.
12.02:119
ISODRAFT Reference ManualCommand Reference Section
2.3.90 TAGGING
2.3.91 TAPPING
Examples: SYMBOLF /SYMFILE1
Command Syntax: >- SYMBOLFilename -+- filename -+- READONLY -.| | || |- WRITE* ---|| | || ‘------------+->‘- OFF ->
Querying: Q SYMBOLFilename
Lists the name and contents of the current symbol library. It willnot tell you what the listed symbols look like.
Function: Allows you to identify individual components on the isometricplot by means of name tags.
Description: By default, component names are not plotted. Fittings of generictype INST, VALV, FILT, PCOM, TRAP, VENT, VTWA and VFWAcan have their PDMS names (if they have them) shown againsttheir plotted symbols on the isometric.
If a component of a valid type exists in the pipeline but has notbeen named when TAGGING ON is specified, ISODRAFT willrecognise that it has a system name only and will not plot anyname. However, if ITEMCODE ON has been specified thecomponent will be labelled with its itemcode.
Related Commands:
INSTNAME ITEMCODE
Command Syntax: >--- TAGging ---+--- ON -----.| |‘--- OFF* ---+--->
Querying: Q TAGgingQ OPTions
Function: Sets the scale of the tapping leg and switches tapping legdimensions and coordinates on and off.
Description: The TAPPING command controls the display and scale oftapping branches, that is offline connections to PCOMs, SHUs,Flanges and Filters.
12.02:120
ISODRAFT Reference ManualCommand Reference Section
2.3.92 TEXTPOSITIONSee POSITION command.
Examples: TAPping SCALe 75
Sets the scale of the tapping leg to 75% of the defaultvalue.
TAPping SCALe DEFault
Resets the default scale.
TAPping DIM ON
Switches tapping leg dimensions on.
TAPping DIM OFF
Switches tapping leg dimensions off.
TAPping DIM DEF
Reset to the default, which is dimensioning ON.
TAPping COORDS ON
Switches tapping leg coordinates on.
TAPping COOR OFF
Switches tapping leg coordinates off.
TAPping COORDS DEF
Resets to the default, which is coordinates off.
TAPping DEFault
Resets all tapping defaults, which sets the scale to 100%,dimensioning to ON and plotting to OFF.
Command Syntax: .-----------------<--------------------./ |
>-- TAPping --*--- SCALe ---+--- value -----. || | | || ‘--- DEFault ---+----------|| ||--- DIMensions ----. || | ||--- COORdinates ---| || | ||--- COORDS --------+--- ON -------------|| | || |--- OFF ------------|| | || ‘--- DEFault --------|| |‘----------------------- DEFault --------+->
Querying: Q TAPPIngQ OPTIONS
12.02:121
ISODRAFT Reference ManualCommand Reference Section
2.3.93 TITLEBLOCK
Function: Allows you to add extra text to the title block.
Description: The title block is produced automatically. Extra text can beadded to the title block by using the TITLEBLOCK command,followed by the line number and the text to be added.
Title block lines can be input in any order.
You can underline a line of text by putting the _ character(underscore) at the end of the line.
You can create a vertical bar from the previous horizontal linedown to the next horizontal line by putting the | character(vertical bar) in the text.
ISODRAFT will accept a maximum of 25 title block lines. Eachline may contain up to 39 characters (including spaces, butexcluding the underscore character).
Examples: The following sequence will add the text illustrated below:
TITLE 1 ’THIS IS AN EXAMPLE OF THE EXTRA’ TITLE 2 ’TITLE BLOCK INFORMATION’ TITLE 4 ’A VERTICAL LINE WITH |’TITLE 3 ’TO UNDERLINE USE THE UNDERSCORE _’
Related Commands:
DATE POSITION
Command Syntax: >--- TITleblock --- value ---+--- text ---.| |‘-------------+--->
Querying: Q TITleblockQ TITleblock valueQ OPTions
THIS IS AN EXAMPLE OF THE EXTRATITLE BLOCK INFORMATIONTO UNDERLINE USE THE UNDERSCOREA VERTICAL LINE WITH
ISS: 1
DRG NO1 OF 2
DATE: 24 JUL 87
PROJECT NO: VC12
BATCH REF: A16 /OG8 /CG14
PIPING SPEC: PS20
0-4201
12.02:122
ISODRAFT Reference ManualCommand Reference Section
2.3.94 TOLERANCE
Function: Specifies the maximum misalignment between componentsregarded as having the same axis.
Description: By default, two components will be plotted as though they havea common axis if the orientation of their axes differs by less than0.06 degrees, or if their axes are offset by less than 1.00mm.
The TOLERANCE command allows you to specify a differentalignment tolerance, either as an angular difference or as alinear offset.
Examples: TOL OFFSET 0.125 INCH
Two components will be plotted as having a common axisif their axes are offset by less than 0.125 inch.
TOL ANGLE 0.15
Two components will be plotted as having a common axisif the orientations of their axes differ by less than 0.15degrees.
TOL DEFAULT
Resets the default values of 1mm offset or 0.06 degreesangular difference.
Restrictions: If gaskets of less than 1mm thickness are detailed, a toleranceoffset of less than the gasket thickness must be set.
Care should be taken when specifying non-default values, sincelarge tolerances can cause falling lines to be shown incorrectly.For reliable plotting of falling and skewed lines, a lower valuethan the default (say TOL OFF 0.01) may be appropriate.
Command Syntax: >--- TOLerance ---+--- OFFset --- <uval> ---.| ||--- ANGle --- value -----|| |‘--- DEFault -------------+--->
Querying: Q TOLeranceQ OPTions
12.02:123
ISODRAFT Reference ManualCommand Reference Section
2.3.95 TRACINGCONTROL
Function: Specifies whether or not tracing is to be plotted.
Description: Any piping component which has its TSPEC attribute set may beshown traced.
Insulation and tracing can be shown:• On tubing only• On tubing and pipe components
By default, tracing is not identified on the isometric.
The name of the insulation and/or tracing specification will beshown in the title block.
Examples: TRAC ON
Shows tracing on the tube only, not on the pipe
TRAC TUBE
components.
TRAC ALL
Shows tracing on both tube and components.
TRAC OFF
Suppresses the display of tracing.
The default is TRACINGCONTROL TUBE.
Related Commands:
INSULATIONCONTROL
Command Syntax: >------ TRACingcontrol -------+--- ON ------.| ||--- TUBE* ---|| ||--- ALL -----|| |‘--- OFF -----+--->
Querying: Q TRACingcontrolQ OPTions
12.02:124
ISODRAFT Reference ManualCommand Reference Section
2.3.96 TRANSFERFILENAME
2.3.97 TRUNCATE
Function: Allows you to save a transfer file generated during ISODRAFT’sdata extraction operations, for subsequent processing.
Description: The transfer file is not normally visible to you, but it can becopied into an ASCII file by using the TRANsferfilenamecommand.
Any transfer file which currently exists with the specifiedfilename will be overwritten by the new file resulting from thenext DETAIL or CHECK command.
Note that transfer files produced by versions of ISODRAFTbefore Version 10.3 are in binary format and cannot beprocessed by the PROCESS TRANSFERFILE command.
Examples: TRANSFER /TRANS
Saves the transfer file as a file named TRANS.
TRANSFER OFF
No transfer file will be produced.
Related Commands:
PROCESS
Command Syntax: >--- TRANsferfilename ---+--- filename ---.| |‘--- OFF --------+--->
where filename is the name of a file in your working directory.
Querying: Q TRANSferfilenameQ OPTIONS
Function: Stops rounding remainders of dimensioning being added to thenext dimension.
Description: When dimensioned isometrics are plotted, all dimensions arerounded up or down to the nearest mm or 1/16 inch, dependingon the current output units. By default, ISODRAFT carries overany remainder (positive or negative) from a rounded dimensionand adds it to the adjacent dimension. This process minimisescumulative errors over a number of consecutive dimensions, butit can result in identical fittings being shown with different lengths(usually differing by 1mm or 1/16 inch).
12.02:125
ISODRAFT Reference ManualCommand Reference Section
2.3.98 TTFONT
You can specify that ISODRAFT is to truncate all dimensions.The remainders from rounding of the individual dimensions willthen be discarded rather than added to the next dimension.Remember that this can result in a significant cumulative errorover long pipelines with many individually dimensionedcomponents.
Examples: TRUNcate ON
TRUNcate OFF
TRUNcate DEFault
Truncates dimensions.
Does not truncate dimensions
Does not truncate dimensions.
Command Syntax: >--- TRUNcate ---+--- ON --------.| ||--- OFF* ------|| |‘--- DEFault ---+--->
Querying: Q TRUNcateQ OPTIONS
Function: Allows the user to choose a font type for all the text on theisometric (including material description).
Description: Different font types can be defined in the Admin module by theuser. The user can then choose one of the defined font types.One of the available types is used as the default type when theoption is on. The feature can be used for all the output formats.
Examples: TTFONT OFF
True type fonts are not used.
TTFONT ON
Selected true type font is used.
TTFONT 5
Times New Roman font type as defined in Admin.
TTFONT 6
Arial font type as defined in Admin.
TTFONT NONE
True type font are not defined in Admin
12.02:126
ISODRAFT Reference ManualCommand Reference Section
2.3.99 TUBESPLITS
Command Syntax: >- TTFONT -+---+- ON --.| | || '- OFF -+-->|+- integer --+| || || |‘- NONE -----+------>
Querying: Q TTFONT
Function: Controls how splits in tube are placed.
Description: ISODRAFT may generate splits in tube. You can use theTUBESPLITS command to output a message if this happens, orto stop isometrics with splits in tube being produced.
Examples: TUBES OFF
This command will allow generation of isometrics withsplits in tube, but the message UNACCEPTABLE SPLITPOINT will be displayed. Repeatability information will notbe updated.
TUBES OFF NOP
Will prevent the generation of isometrics with splits in tube.The message UNACCEPTABLE SPLIT POINT will bewritten to the message file and the pipeline will berejected. Repeatability information will not be updated.
TUBES ON
Returns to the default condition of allowing splits in tube.
Command Syntax: >-- TUBESplits --+-- ON ---------------------.| |‘-- OFF --+-----------------|
| |‘--- NOPicture ---+--->
Querying: Q TUBESPLITSQ OPTIONS
12.02:127
ISODRAFT Reference ManualCommand Reference Section
2.3.100 UNDERLAYPLOTNAME
Function: Allows you to plot ISODRAFT’s output on top of backgroundplots previously created in a PDMS drawing module.
Description: You can superimpose an ISODRAFT PLOT file onto anunderlay plot. This facility is used, for example, for underprintingisometric plots with company-standard drawing sheetinformation. You can specify up to eight underlay plots, givingthem numbers so that they can be switched off if required.
Examples: UNDERLAY /BKGRNDS/STYLE1
The drawing stored in the file /BKGRNDS/STYLE1 will beplotted on the same sheet as the next isometric plot. Bydefault, this will be underlay number 1.
UNDERLAY /BKGRNDS/STYLE2 2
The drawing stored in file /BKGRNDS/STYLE2 will beplotted on the same sheet as the next isometric plot.
UNDERLAY OFF
The plot given as underlay 1 will not be plotted with thenext isometric plot.
UNDERLAY OFF 2
The plot given as underlay 2 will not be plotted with thenext isometric plot.
UNDERLAY OFF ALL
No underlay will be plotted.
Related Commands:
MARGIN RESERVE
Command Syntax: >--- UNDerlayplotname --+-- filename --+-- integer --.| | || ‘-------------|| |‘--- OFF ------+-- integer --|
| ||-- ALL ------|| |‘-------------+->
Restrictions: The underlay plots must have the same sheet size as thatspecified for the ISODRAFT output. If not, the command will beignored.
Querying: Q UNDerlayplotnameQ UNDerlayplotname integerQ OPTions
12.02:128
ISODRAFT Reference ManualCommand Reference Section
2.3.101 UNITS
Function: Specifies units of measurement used for ISODRAFT’s output.
Description: The units used for length and bore dimensions on isometricdrawings can be specified independently from the units used forinput data.
By default, lengths along pipelines (for componentdimensioning, tube lengths, etc.) are shown in metric units, andpipe bores are shown in imperial units.
Note: That input units are specified by the commands BORESand DISTANCES.
Examples: UNITS METRIC
Outputs metric lengths and metric bores.
UNITS IMPERIAL
Outputs imperial lengths and imperial bores.Measurements between 1’ and 2’ will be output in inches;for example, 15”.
UNITS IMPERIAL FT
Outputs imperial lengths and imperial bores.Measurements between 1’ and 2’ will be output in feet andinches; for example, 1’3”.
UNITS METIMP
Outputs metric lengths and imperial bores.
Related Commands:
BORES DISTANCES
Command Syntax: >--- UNIts ---+--- METRic -----.| ||--- IMPerial ---+--- FT ---.| | || ‘----------|| |‘--- METImp* ---------------+--->
Querying: Q OUTPut UNItsQ OPTions
Note: Q UNITS gives the current units for input measurements(see BORE and DISTANCE commands), not outputmeasurements.
12.02:129
ISODRAFT Reference ManualCommand Reference Section
2.3.102 WASTAGE AREA
Function: Defines wastage areas which can be given different wastagefactors for cut pipe lengths.
Description: When cut pipe lengths are calculated, ISODRAFT can includeextra material to allow for wastage during cutting andfabrication. A complete Plant can be split up into a maximum often wastage areas, numbered 0 to 9, and each wastage areacan be allocated a wastage factor.
• Default values for the wastage factors for areas 1-9 are all1.
• The wastage factor for area 0 is fixed at 1 (i.e. no wastageallowance).
ISODRAFT uses the wastage factors to modify the cut pipelengths as follows:
• In the DESIGN database, the EREC attribute for a pipebranch can be set to an integer, which corresponds to thewastage area for all tube in the Branch. EREC=10 istreated as area 0, EREC=11 is treated as area 1, and soon.
• Each tube item may have, included in its Specification, astandard wastage allowance (PWAS) in the form of anadded percentage.
• When calculating a cut pipe length, ISODRAFT multipliesthe standard wastage allowance (PWAS) for theappropriate type of tube by the wastage factor for the areain which the length occurs (determined by the EREC for thebranch).
• The corrected percentage allowance thus calculated is thenadded to the nominal length of the pipe to give the cutlength which is plotted on the drawing.
Note: That a cut pipe list is only output if you have given theCUTTINGLIST command.
Examples: Consider a length of pipe connecting two components whoseseparation measured along the pipe centreline is 1000mm.Assume that the tube specification has PWAS set to 10; that is,a 10% allowance is preset. Assume that the pipe length formspart of a branch for which the EREC attribute has been set to 3.Assume that the wastage factor for wastage area 3 has been setto 1.2 by using the command
WASTAGE AREA 3 1.2
Then the wastage allowance calculated by ISODRAFT will be (1000 x 10% x 1.2) mm, i.e. 120mm, and the cut pipe lengthgiven on the isometric will be 1120mm.
Command Syntax: .-------------<----------./ |
>--- WASTage ---*--- ARea integer value ---+--->
12.02:130
ISODRAFT Reference ManualCommand Reference Section
2.3.103 WELDANGLES
Restrictions: ISODRAFT only includes a wastage allowance if WASTAGEAREA has been set. The default is for no allowance, even ifPWAS has been set.
Querying: Q WASTage
Q WASTage integer
Q OPTIONS
shows value for the area numberqueried
Function: Allows configuration in which one pipe is welded to another pipeor component such that the flow directions of the two objects arenon-parallel.
Description: The WELDANGLES command takes effect for configurations inwhich one pipe is welded to another pipe or component suchthat the flow directions of the two objects are non-parallel.Toggling between the two states WELDANGLES ON andWELDANGLES OFF allows the User to switch on/off thefunctionality to accommodate oriented welds. The option may beset on/off by the new toggle switch labelled 'Oriented weldangles' on the Dimensioning Options form. The stateWELDANGLES ON requires that the User also specify aminimum weld angle, WELDANGMIN (expressed in degrees),as being the minimum angle at which the change of direction beconsidered significant. In other words, for all angles greater thanor equal to that specified, the new behaviour for oriented weldsoccurs; otherwise, the old behaviour (equivalent toWELDANGLES OFF), occurs. If the user specifiesWELDANGLES ON, but does not specify a value forWELDANGMIN, the default value of 0.1° is used. The value ofWELDANGMIN may be entered in the text box labelled'Minimum weld angle' on the Dimensioning Options form. Notethat if the component welded to a pipe in such a non-parallelconfiguration is of generic type (GTYPE) instrument (INST) or isan eccentric reducer, the WELDANGLES ON option will have noeffect.
Examples WELDANGLES OFF
Disables correct handling of oriented welds.
WELDANGLES ON WELDANGMIN 0.25
Enables correct handling of oriented welds for anglesgreater than or equal to 0.25°.
12.02:131
ISODRAFT Reference ManualCommand Reference Section
2.3.104 WELDID
2.3.105 WELDNUMBERS
Command Syntax: >-- WELDANGles --+-- ON -+- WELDANGmin - value --.| | || `-----------------------|| |`-- OFF ------------------------+->
Querying: Q WELDAnglesQ OPTions
Function: Allows you to identify individual welds on the isometric by name.
Description: Welds which have their NAME attribute set in the DESIGNdatabase can have their names plotted against their symbols onthe isometric.
By default, weld names are not shown on the isometric plot.
Related Commands:
TAGGING WELDNUMBERS WELDTYPE
Command Syntax: >--- WELDId ---+--- ON -----.| |‘--- OFF* ---+--->
Querying: Q WELDIdQ OPTions
Function: Numbering the welds on an isometric.
Description: The SPOOLER module allows you to set weld numbersautomatically, and store these numbers in the DESIGNdatabase. If this feature is used it applies to an individual pipe,individual branch or to a spool drawing as defined in theSPOOLER module.
The WELDNUMBERS FROMDB command allows you toaccess these numbers from the DESIGN database. When usingthis feature, if ISODRAFT finds any unnumbered welds itdisplays an error message and halts the drawing of theisometric.
If the weld numbering feature of DESIGN or SPOOLER has notbeen used, ISODRAFT can produce weld numbers according toits own system defaults. However, these numbers are notmaintained between revisions.
12.02:132
ISODRAFT Reference ManualCommand Reference Section
Whether you generate weld numbers in DESIGN, SPOOLER orin ISODRAFT, the size of the weld number characters can bespecified using the CHARHeight setting. A table of the weldnumbers can also be output onto the drawing sheet. The type ofweld to be numbered can be fabrication only, erection only, orboth. Weld numbering can be switched off completely, which isthe default.
Additional welds can be shown on the isometric either inindividual balloons or, if there are more than a specified numberof them, as an arrowed message in a single ellipse (with thenumbers separated by slashes).
Note: That if you used the SPOOLER module to generate weldnumbers, you can output a weld table on the isometric toyour own specifications using the POSITION command.For generated weld numbers, the table has a fixedposition and content.
Examples: WELDN CHARH 1.5 FAB
Outputs fabrication weld numbers with a character heightof 1.5mm.
WELDN CHARH 1.8 EREC BOX
Outputs erection weld numbers with a character height of1.8mm, and tabulates them in a box immediately abovethe title block.
WELDN CHARH 2.0 BOX
Outputs all weld numbers with a character height of2.0mm in a table.
WELDN OFF
Suppresses the output of weld numbers.
WELDN FAB FROMDB
Outputs fabrication weld numbers from the DESIGNdatabase.
WELD CHARH 2 FAB AWELD BALLO 6
Output includes numbers for additional fabrication welds.These will be shown in separate balloons if there are nomore than 6, otherwise they will be shown together in anellipse.
Related Commands:
POSITION WELDID WELDTYPE
Command Syntax:
12.02:133
ISODRAFT Reference ManualCommand Reference Section
2.3.106 WELDTYPE
>- WELDNumbers -+- OFF ----------.| ||- ON -----------|| |‘— CHARH- value -+- FABricationonly -.
| ||- ERECtiononly ----|| |‘-------------------+- GENerated -.
| ||- FROMDB ----|| |‘-------------+
|- NOBOX -.| ||- BOX ---|| |‘---------+--.
|.----------------------------------<--------------------------------------'|‘--+- AWELD -+- BALLOon value -.
| | || |- ELLIPse -------|| | || ‘- OFF -----------+| |‘---------------------------+->
Querying: Q WELDNumbersQ OPTIONS
Function: Controls which types of end connection are to be shown onisometric drawings.
Description: By default, all types of end connection are shown on isometrics.The WELDTYPE command specifies whether all endconnections, no end connections, only shop status endconnections or only site status end connections will be shown.
Examples: WELDType FABrication
Only shop status end connections will be shown.
WELDType SITE
Only site status end connections will be shown.
WELDType ON
All types of end connection will be shown.
WELDType OFF
No end connections will be shown.
WELDType FORCesite
Shows all end connections as if they were shop status endconnections. For example, force site welds will be shownas fabrication welds.
12.02:134
ISODRAFT Reference ManualCommand Reference Section
2.3.107 ZEROLENGTHSKEWS
Command Syntax: >--- WELDType ---+--- ON* -----------.| ||--- OFF -----------|| ||--- SITE ----------|| ||--- FABrication ---|| |‘--- FORCesite -----+--->
Querying: Q WELDTypeQ OPTIONS
Function: Allows you to connect a vertical Branch to a falling line.
When modelling falling lines containing Butt Weld Tees or Olets,you can position a zero-length variable-angle bend at the offlinep-point of each Tee or Olet.
Description: If falling lines containing Butt Weld Tees or Olets are modelledwith zero-length variable-angle bends at the offline p-point ofeach Tee or Olet, you can connect a vertical Branch. TheZEROLENGTHSKEWS command suppresses dimensioningskewboxes for Butt Weld Tees or Olets in falling lines if zero-length bends have been included in the model.
Bends at Tees or Olets will only be considered as zero-length ifthey are less than 0.5mm long. Bends with dimensions greaterthan this will be detailed as normal components.
Examples: ZEROlengthskews ON
Output skewboxes at vertical connections to falling lines.
ZEROlengthskews OFF
Suppress skewboxes at vertical connections to fallinglines.
Related Commands:
FALLINGLINES
Command Syntax: >--- ZEROlengthskews ---+--- ON* ---.| |‘--- OFF ---+--->
12.02:135
ISODRAFT Reference ManualCommand Reference Section
12.02:136
ISODRAFT Reference ManualSymbol Keys
3 Symbol Keys
Note: How to define symbol keys is described in the chapter Symbol Keys, of theISODRAFT User Guide.
3.1 IntroductionThis appendix lists the symbol key (i.e. the SKEY text attribute) and the plotted symbolused to identify each type of component on isometric drawings. There is a section for eachgeneric type. The sections are in alphabetic order of generic type:
BEND (see ELBOw) See ELBO or BEND Symbol Keys.
CAP See CAP Symbol Keys.
CLOSure See CLOS Symbol Keys.
COUPling See COUP Symbol Keys.
CROSs See CROS Symbol Keys.
ELBOw See ELBO or BEND Symbol Keys.
FBLInd (Blind Flange) See FBLI Symbol Keys.
FILTer See FILT Symbol Keys.
FLANge See FLAN Symbol Keys.
FTUBe (Fixed-lengthTube)
See FTUB Symbol Keys.
INSTrument See INST Symbol Keys.
LJSEnd (Lap Joint, StubEnd)
See LJSE Symbol Keys.
OLET (see TEE) See TEE or OLET Symbol Keys.
PCOMponent(Pipe Component)
See PCOM Symbol Keys
REDUcer See REDU Symbol Keys.
SHU See SHU Symbol Keys.
TEE See TEE or OLET Symbol Keys.
12.03:1
ISODRAFT Reference ManualSymbol Keys
Symbol Key Reference Index is an alphabetical list of symbol keys cross-referenced to thegeneric types of the components to which they refer.The following information is given foreach SKEY:
3.1.1 P-pointsWhen you define piping components in PARAGON, you must remember the following rulesso that ISODRAFT can produce isometrics correctly:
• P0 is automatically set and defines the origin of the component.• For two-way components, the arrive and leave p-points must be numbered P1 and P2
(not necessarily in that order). For two-way valves, the spindle direction must beindicated by P3.
• For three-way components, the offline leg must be indicated by P3. The spindledirection for three-way valves must be specified by using a p-point greater than P3,which must have its bore unset.
• For four-way components, the two straight-through flows must have p-points P1/P2and P3/P4. The spindle direction for four-way valves must be specified by using a p-point greater than P4, which must have its bore unset.
• For eccentric reducers without a connection point, the flat side must be indicatedby P3. Eccentric reducers with a connection point must use P3, with a valid boreset, to indicate the connection point and must use P9, with bore unset, for orientation ofthe flat side.
TRAP See TRAP Symbol Keys.
UNIOn See UNIO Symbol Keys.
UNIVersal See UNIVERSAL Symbol Key.
VALVe See VALV Symbol Keys.
VENT See VENT Symbol Keys.
VFWAy (Four-way Valve) See VFWA Symbol Keys.
VTWAy (Three-way valve) See VTWA Symbol Keys.
WELD See WELD Symbol Keys.
FLOR (Pipe through floor) See Floor Penetration ATTA Symbol.
Component description The actual component description
SKEY A four-letter identifier
Plotted symbol The symbol plotted on isometrics, plus dimensions (inmm)
P-points The position and direction of the P-points with respect tothe plotted symbol. P-points needed to specifycomponents fully are shown against the symbols. P-pointswhich are optional are not shown, but their effects areexplained in the notes when appropriate.
Notes The numbers in the right-hand column refer to the notesat the end of each section.
12.03:2
ISODRAFT Reference ManualSymbol Keys
• For U-bends (defined as bends of more than 135 degrees), the p-points must be set asshown for each symbol.
3.2 CAP Symbol Keys
Note:
1. The p-point configurations refer only to Caps used solely for blanking and arepositioned on the axis of the appropriate face (depending on type). Caps with differentp-point configurations, such as ‘flipped’ Caps (where P1 is Pleave and P2 is Parrive) orCaps used as Reducers, can result in incorrect output.
Component Description
SKEY Plotted Symbol P-points Note
Cap - Butt Weld KABW 1
Cap -Compression
KACP 1
Cap - Screwed KASC 1
Cap - Socket Weld KASW
5.5
3.5
01 2
3.75
2.0
01 2
3.5
1.5
01 2
D 3 . 5
1 . 5
01 2
12.03:3
ISODRAFT Reference ManualSymbol Keys
3.3 CLOS Symbol Keys
3.4 COUP Symbol Keys
Component Description
SKEY Plotted Symbol P-points Note
Pipe BlockFixed Length
PF
Pipe Block Variable Length
PV
4.75
2.5
1 2
0
4.5
2.5
1 2
0
Component Description
SKEY Plotted Symbol P-points Note
Nipple - Screwed NRSC
Nipple - Screwed NBSC
Coupling -Compression
COCP
Coupling - Screwed COSC
2.0
4.0
1 2
0
1.0
4.0
2.5 1 2
0
3.5
3.5
2 2
1.51 2
0
3.5
2 2
2.5
1 2
0
1 2
0
12.03:4
ISODRAFT Reference ManualSymbol Keys
Note:
1. The dimensions of these components depend upon plotted leg length. The defaultplotted leg length is 9mm, but you can set this to a different value using theLEGLENGTH command. The minimum value you can set is 6mm.
3.5 CROS Symbol Keys
Coupling - SocketWeld
COSW
Butt Weld Elbolet CEBW 1
Socket Weld Elbolet CESW 1
Screwed Elbolet CESC 1
Component Description
SKEY Plotted Symbol P-points Note
D D3.5
2 2
2.5
1 2
0
()8.0
6.5 1.5 1 2
0
()D8.0
6.5 1.5 1 2
0
()8.0
6.5 1.51 2
0
ComponentDescription
SKEY Plotted Symbol P-points Note
Cross - Butt Weld CRBW 2
Cross - Socket Weld CRSW 2
Cross - Compression CRCP 2
1 23
4
0
1 23
4
0
12.03:5
ISODRAFT Reference ManualSymbol Keys
Notes:
1. The positions of P3 and P4 along the vertical axis are important for deriving correct cutpipe lengths. The vertical displacements of P3 and P4 are determined by the points atwhich the offline legs intersect the main line. P0, P1, P2, P3 and P4 will be coincidentwhen the offline leg has the same bore as the main line.
2. The dimensions of all Cross components depend upon plotted leg length. The defaultplotted leg length is 9mm, but you can set this to a different value using theLEGLENGTH command. The minimum value you can set is 6mm.
3. Replace the ** characters in the symbol key with one of the following end conditionidentifiers: BW for butt weldCP for compressionSW for socket weldFL for flangedSC for screwedPL for plain
4. The @ character in the symbol key is replaced automatically by an integer in the range1 to 4, depending on the relative bore size of the connections, with 1 assigned to thelargest bore. It is important to note the bore size if redefining the SKEYS for X1**, X2**,X3** or X4**.
Cross - Flanged CRFL 2
Cross - Screwed CRSC 2
Cross - Set on CRSO 1, 2
Cross - Set onReinforced
CRRF 1,2
Cross - Generic Y-type with variableangle out- and off-legs
X@** 3,4,5
ComponentDescription
SKEY Plotted Symbol P-points Note
1 23
4
0
1 23
4
0
)(
)(
3
4
01 2
)(
)(
REINFORCED
3
4
01 2
VARIABLEANGLE
VARIABLEANGLE
VARIABLEANGLE
1 23
4
0
12.03:6
ISODRAFT Reference ManualSymbol Keys
5. Flanged connections on generic Y-type fittings are represented on the isometric on thetube only. This is due to the fact that the y-type fitting is user-definable and flangedrepresentation on the component cannot be enforced. ELBO or BEND Symbol Keys
3.6 ELBO or BEND Symbol Keys
ComponentDescription
SKEY Plotted Symbol P-points Note
Elbow - Butt Weld (90and 45 degree)
ELBW1,9
Elbow - Butt Weldwith a Connection (90and 45 degree)
ETBW 1,5,9
Elbow - Butt Weld180 degree Return (UElbow)
EUBW 2,9
Elbow Compression(90 and 45 degree)
ELCP 1,9
Elbow Compressionwith a Connection (90and 45 degree)
ETCP 1,5,9
Elbow - Screwed withMale Ends (90 and 45degree)
EBSC 1,9
Elbow - Screwed withFemale Ends (90 and45 degrees)
ELSC 1,9
1
2
0
1
2
3
1 2
34 5
0
1
2
0
)()(
1
2
03
1
2
0
12.03:7
ISODRAFT Reference ManualSymbol Keys
Elbow - Screwed -Female with aConnection (90 and45 degree)
ETSC 1,5,9
Elbow - Socket Weld ELSW 1,9
Elbow - Socket Weldwith a Connection
ETSW 1,5,9
Elbow - Reducing ER** 1,6
Bend - Flanged (allangles)
BEFL 1,9
Bend - Flanged with aConnection (allangles)
BTFL 1,5,9
Bend - Flanged 180degree Return (UBend)
BUFL 2,9
Bend - Mitre MIFL 1,9
Flanged Bend - Mitrewith a ConnectionFlanged
MTFL 1,5,9
ComponentDescription
SKEY Plotted Symbol P-points Note
)(
)( 1
2
03
1
2
0
)(
)( 1
2
03
)( 1
2
0
1
2
0
)(
)(
1
2
03
1 2
34 5
0
1
2
0
1
2
03
12.03:8
ISODRAFT Reference ManualSymbol Keys
Bend - Mitre MIBW 1,7,9
Bend - Mitre MIPL 1,8,9
Butt Weld Bend -Mitre with aConnection
MTBW 1,5,9
Butt Weld Bend -Mitre with aConnection
MTPL 1,5,9
Bend - Lobster BackFlanged
L@FL 1,3,9
Bend - Lobster Backwith a ConnectionFlanged
T@FL 1,3,5,9
Bend - Lobster BackButt Weld
L@BW 1,3,9
Lobster Back Bend L@PL 1,3,8,9
Bend - Lobster Backwith a Connection
T@BW 1,3,5,9
ComponentDescription
SKEY Plotted Symbol P-points Note
1
2
0
1
2
0
1
2
0 3
1
2
0 3
1
2
0
1
2
03
1
2
0
1
2
0
1
2
0 3
12.03:9
ISODRAFT Reference ManualSymbol Keys
Notes:
1. Generic types ELBO and BEND have a connection reference to facilitate connectionsto the elbow or bend. ISODRAFT will always treat an elbow or bend as having anoffline leg if it has a P3 with a bore greater than zero. Care is needed when selecting asymbol key and point set in order to achieve the required results.
2. To use this symbol, the p-points must be arranged as shown in the following diagramand P3 should not have its bore set.
3. Replace the @ character in the symbol key with an integer (1 to 9) denoting the numberof segments.
4. Replace the + character in the symbol key with an integer (1 to 9) denoting the ratio ofthe bend radius to the pipe bore.
5. The p-point for the offline connection (P3) can be positioned anywhere along thehorizontal (P1) axis that suits your specific component design.
6. Reducing elbows can have any of the end types BW, CP, FL, SC, or SW, but not PL.7. This type of component is treated as a fitting in the material list.8. This type of component is treated as tube in the material list.
Bend - Lobster Backwith a Connection
T@PL 1,3,5,9
Bend - Pulled (AllAngles)
PB+D 1,4,9
Bend - Pulled 180degree Return (UBend)
BU+D 2,4,9
Bend - Pulled with aConnection (AllAngles)
TB+D 1,4,5,9
ComponentDescription
SKEY Plotted Symbol P-points Note
1
2
0 3
1
2
0
1 2
34 5
0
1
2
0 3
0
2
1
3
5
4
12.03:10
ISODRAFT Reference ManualSymbol Keys
9. The dimensions of all Elbow and Bend components depend upon plotted leg length.The default plotted leg length is 9mm, but you can set this to a different value using theLEGLENGTH command. The minimum value you can set is 6mm.
3.7 FBLI Symbol Keys
Notes:
1. Reducing flanges will have clarifying text plotted on the isometric drawing to highlighttheir presence.
2. P3 is used only for orientation and will have its bore unset.
3.8 FILT Symbol Keys
Component Description
SKEY Plotted Symbol P-points Note
Flange - Blind FLBL
Flange - ReducingConcentric
FLRC 1
Flange - ReducingEccentric
FLRE 1,2
4.5
2.5
01 2
)(4.5
1.0
1 2
0
)(4.5
1.0
23
01
Component Description
SKEY Plotted Symbol P-points Note
Filter/Strainer -Straight Through
FI** 1
Filter/Strainer - Angle FA** 1,2
4.5
8.01 2
0
4.5
8.0
9.0
9.012
0
12.03:11
ISODRAFT Reference ManualSymbol Keys
Notes:
1. Replace the ** characters in the symbol key with one of the following end conditionidentifiers: BW for butt weldCP for compressionSW for socket weldFL for flangedSC for screwedPL for plain
2. To use this symbol, the p-points must be arranged as shown in the following diagram:
3. To use this symbol, the p-points must be arranged as shown in the following diagram:
Note: That the horizontal offset may be zero; i.e. P0, P1, P2 and P3 may be coplanar.
Filter/Strainer - Offset FO** 1,3,5
Filter/Strainer -Return
FR** 1,4
'Y'-type Filter/Strainer
FY** 1
Component Description
SKEY Plotted Symbol P-points Note
8.0
6.06.0 1
23
4.5
8.01
23
P2
P1
P0
P1
P2
P0
P3
End
P1P0
P2P3
Side
Plan
P1
P2
P0
P3
P1 P0
P3 P2
12.03:12
ISODRAFT Reference ManualSymbol Keys
4. To use this symbol, the p-points must be arranged as shown in the following diagram:
Note: That P3 is used only for orientation purposes and will have its bore unset. Thehorizontal offset may be zero; i.e. P0 and P1(and similarly P2 and P3) may becoincident.
5. Generic type FILT has a connection reference to facilitate connections to reducers.If the connection facility is not being used, then an eccentric reducer will have a p-arrive, a p-leave, and a P3 to orientate the flat side.If the connection facility is to be used, P3 will be the connection p-point and as suchmust have valid bore and orientation data for the connection. As the flat side can beeither in the same direction as the connection or directly opposite, a P9 p-point must beused to give the orientation of the flat side.
3.9 FLAN Symbol Keys
P2 P3
P0 P1
Component Description
SKEY Plotted Symbol P-points Note
Flange - Blind FLBL
Flange -Flared/LooseBacking
FLFL 1
Flange - Backing FLLB 2
Flange - ReducingConcentric
FLRC 3
5.0
1.0
01 2
() 5.0
1.0
3.5
01 2
() 5.0
1.0
3.501 2
()5.0
1.0
1 2
0
12.03:13
ISODRAFT Reference ManualSymbol Keys
Flange - ReducingEccentric
FLRE 3
Flange - Screwed FLSC
Flange - Slip On FLSO
Flange - Slip On with‘J’ Type Weld
FLSJ 1
Flange - Orifice SlipOn
FOSO 4
Flange - Socket Weld FLSW
Component Description
SKEY Plotted Symbol P-points Note
()5.0
1.0
1 2
0
3
()5.0
1.0
3.5
2.0
1 2
0
()5.0
1.0
1 2
0
()5.5
1.0
1 2
0
()5.5
1.0
1 20
3
()5.5
1.0
3.5
2.0
1 2
0
12.03:14
ISODRAFT Reference ManualSymbol Keys
Notes:
1. To allow for the amount of pipe that normally passes through the component beforecutting or grinding off, a cutting allowance is included if the LOOSE attribute of theflange is set to TRUE. This allowance is determined by the value of the ALLO attribute,if set. If the ALLO attribute is not set (or set to zero), the allowance will default to150mm. However, this default value can be altered by theLOOSEFLANGEALLOWANCE command.
2. The system used by previous version of the software (using ‘intuitive’ P3 points) is stillsupported.
3. To be used in conjunction with LJSE symbols FLRG or FLSE.4. Reducing flanges will have clarifying text plotted on the isometric drawing to highlight
their presence.5. Orifice flanges will have clarifying text plotted on the isometric drawing to highlight their
presence.
3.10 FTUB Symbol Keys
Flange - Weld Neck FLWN
Flange - Orifice WeldNeck
FOWN 4
Component Description
SKEY Plotted Symbol P-points Note
()5.5
4.01 2
0
()5.5
3.01.0 1 20
3
Component Description
SKEY Plotted Symbol P-points Note
Fixed Length Pipe -With flanged ends
FPFL 1
Fixed Length Pipe -Without flanged ends
FPPL
Fixed Length Pipe - tobe displayed andstretched, like impliedtube on an isometric
TUBE
1 2
0
2.0
4.0
1 2
0
1 2
0
12.03:15
ISODRAFT Reference ManualSymbol Keys
Notes:
1. The dimensions of all piping components depend upon plotted leg length. The defaultplotted leg length is 9mm, but you can set this to a different value using theLEGLENGTH command. The minimum value you can set is 6mm.
3.11 INST Symbol Keys
Component Description
SKEY Plotted Symbol P-points Note
Instrument II** 1,5
Instrument - Angle IA** 1,2,5
Instrument - Offset IO** 1,3
Instrument - Return IR** 1,4
Instrument - Dial IDPL 6
Instrument - DialFlanged
IDFL 6
Orifice Plate OP
4.5
8.01 2
0
4.0
4.0
9.0
9.0 1
20
4.5
8.0
1
23
0
4.5
8.0
1
23
0
3.0
6.5 DIA
01
23
3.0
6.5 DIA
0.25
01
23
3.0
3.0
5.5 1 2
0
12.03:16
ISODRAFT Reference ManualSymbol Keys
Restrictor Plate RP
Rupture Disk DR
Valve - Angle Relief/Vent
RA** 1,5
Valve - Angle PressureReducing
XA** 1,5
Valve Control CV** 1,5
Valve - Angle Control CA** 1,5
Valve - 3 Way Control C3** 1,5
Valve - 4 Way Control C4** 1,5
Valve - Control SquareIndicator
SV** 1,5
Valve - Angle ControlSquare Indicator
SA** 1,3
Component Description
SKEY Plotted Symbol P-points Note
1.0
3.0
5.5 1 2
0
2.5
3.5
4.5
2.0 1 2
0
4.0
4.75
8.0
4.5
2.5
21
30
4.0
4.75
8.0
4.5
2.5
21
30
4.0
6.5
4.0
2.01.5
1 20 3
4.0
4.75
4.0
2.52.0
3.25
21
30
4.0
4.75
4.0
2.251.75
4.759.25 1 2
0 4
3
4.75
8.0
9.25
4.0
1 20
453
4.0
14.0
4.5
3.52.0
31 20
4.08.0
4.5
2.0
23
10
12.03:17
ISODRAFT Reference ManualSymbol Keys
Valve - 3 Way ControlSquare Indicator
S3** 1,5
Valve - 4 Way ControlSquare Indicator
S4** 1,5
Valve - ControlMotorised Indicator
MV** 1,5
Valve - Angle ControlMotorised Indicator
MA** 1,5
Valve - 3 Way ControlMotorised Indicator
M3** 1,5
Valve - 4 Way ControlMotorised Indicator
M4** 1,5
Valve - Control HandIndicator
HV** 1,5
Valve - Angle ControlHand Indicator
HA** 1,5
Valve - 3Way ControlHand Indicator
H3** 1,5
Component Description
SKEY Plotted Symbol P-points Note
4.0
4.75
4.5
3.752.0
1 204
3
4.08.0
9.25
4.75 1 204
3
4.0
6.5
4.0
2.5
1 20 3
4.0
6.5
4.02.5
4.5
8.02
10 3
4.0
9.25
4.02.5
4.75
8.01 2
04
3
4.08.0
4.75
9.25
1 20
4
3
4.0
6.5
4.0
3.02.0
1 20 3
4.0
9.25
4.0
3.02.0
4.75
8.02
1 03
4.0
9.25
4.0
3.252.75
4.75
8.01 2
04
3
12.03:18
ISODRAFT Reference ManualSymbol Keys
Notes:
1. Replace the ** characters in the symbol key with one of the following end conditionidentifiers:BW for butt weld CP for compression SW for socket weld FL for flanged SC for screwedPL for plain
2. To use this symbol, the p-points must be arranged as shown in the following diagram:
3. To use this symbol, the p-points must be arranged as shown in the following diagram:
Valve - 4Way ControlHand Indicator
H4** 1,5
Valve - PressureReducing
XV** 1,5
Valve - Relief/Vent RV** 1,5
Component Description
SKEY Plotted Symbol P-points Note
4.08.0
4.75
9.25
1 203
4
4.0
5.75
2.5
3.5
4.0
3.0
1 20 3
4.0
9.25
4.0
3.5
1 20 3
P2
P1
P0
12.03:19
ISODRAFT Reference ManualSymbol Keys
Note: That the horizontal offset may be zero; i.e. P0, P1, P2 and P3 may be coplanar.
4. To use this symbol, the p-points must be arranged as shown in the following diagram:
Note: That the horizontal offset may be zero; i.e. P0 and P1 (and similarly P2 and P3) maybe coincident.
5. If an orientation p-point (P3) is present in the point set and is oriented away from theXYZ axes, then the orientation of this p-point will be shown on the isometric.
6. Instrument dials can have a P3 with an unset bore for orienting the dial. This p-point willnormally be positioned perpendicular to the dial face, on the dial axis. A message willbe output near the component showing the orientation of P3.
P1
P2
P0
P3
End
P1P0
P2P3
Side
Plan
P1
P2
P0
P3
P1 P0
P3 P2
P2 P3
P0 P1
12.03:20
ISODRAFT Reference ManualSymbol Keys
3.12 LJSE Symbol Keys
Note:
1. To be used in conjunction with FLAN symbol FLLB.
3.13 PCOM Symbol Keys
ComponentDescription
SKEY Plotted Symbol P-points Note
Lap Joint Ring Loose FLRG 1
Lap Joint Stub EndLoose
FLSE 1
()
5.0
1.0
2.5
1 0 2
() 5.5
1.0
2.5
01 2
Component Description
SKEY Plotted Symbol P-points Note
Block - Angle BA** 1,2
Block - Offset BO** 1,3
Block - Return BR** 1,4
Expansion Bellows EX** 1
4.5
9.0
9.0
4.5
1
20
5.5
8.0
8.0 6.0 1
23
0
21.5
5.5
26 2
1
3
0
5.6
3.40.7 1 20
12.03:21
ISODRAFT Reference ManualSymbol Keys
Flame Trap FT** 1
Block - Angle BA** 1,2
Flexible Hose FX** 1
Hose Coupling CH** 1
Non-category Item NC** 1
Plug PL
Restrictor Plate RP
Sight Glass SG** 1,5
Component Description
SKEY Plotted Symbol P-points Note
5.0
5.5 1 20
4.5
9.0
9.0
4.5
1
20
2.5
5.5 1 20
2.5
4.5 1 20
2.5
4.5 1 20
2.5
2.0 1.5
3.0
01 2
5.5
3.0
1.0
1 20
5.5
5.5
4.4
1 20
12.03:22
ISODRAFT Reference ManualSymbol Keys
Notes:
1. Replace the ** characters in the symbol key with one of the following end conditionidentifiers:BW for butt weld CP for compression SW for socket weld FL for flanged SC for screwedPL for plain
2. To use this symbol, the p-points must be arranged as shown in the following diagram:
Slip Plate SP 5,6
Slip Ring SR 5,6
Spectacle Blind SB 5,6
Tundish (Funnel) TU** 1
Component Description
SKEY Plotted Symbol P-points Note
7.0
2.25
2.25
1.25
01 2
3
7.0
2.25
2.25
1.25
01 2
3
6.0
2.25
4.50
1.25
01 2
3
8.03.0
5.0
4.0
1
2
0
12.03:23
ISODRAFT Reference ManualSymbol Keys
3. To use this symbol, the p-points must be arranged as shown in the following diagram:
Note: That the horizontal offset may be zero; i.e. P0, P1, P2 and P3 may be coplanar.
4. To use this symbol, the p-points must be arranged as shown in the following diagram:
Note: That the horizontal offset may be zero; i.e. P0 and P1 (and similarly P2 and P3) maybe coincident.
P2
P1
P0
P1
P2
P0
P3
End
P1P0
P2P3
Side
Plan
P1
P2
P0
P3
P1 P0
P3 P2
P2 P3
P0 P1
12.03:24
ISODRAFT Reference ManualSymbol Keys
5. If an orientation p-point is present in the point set, the orientation of this p-point will beshown on the isometric.
6. The p-point set shown represents a typical arrangement for positioning and orientingthe component, but is not mandatory.
3.14 REDU Symbol Keys
3.14.1 Concentric Reducers
Component Description
SKEY Plotted Symbol P-points Note
Reducer - ConcentricButt Weld
RCBW 1
Reducer - ConcentricFabricated from Plate
CPBW 1
Reducer - ConcentricSwaged from Pipe
CSBW 1
Reducer - Concentricwith a Connection ButtWeld
CTBW 1
Reducer - Concentricwith a ConnectionFabricated from Plate
CZBW 1
Reducer - Concentricwith a ConnectionSwaged from Pipe
CXBW 1
)()(3.5
5.5
0.75
1 20
)()(3.5
6.5
1.0
1 20
)()(3.5
6.5
1.0
1 20
)()(3.5
6.5
1.01 20
3
)()(3.5
6.5
1.01 20
3
)()(3.5
6.5
1.01 20
3
12.03:25
ISODRAFT Reference ManualSymbol Keys
Reducer - ConcentricCompression
RCCP 1
Reducer - ConcentricFlanged
RCFL 1
Reducer - ConcentricFabricated from PlateFlanged
CPFL 1
Reducer - ConcentricSwaged from PipeFlanged
CSFL 1
Reducer - Concentricwith a ConnectionFlanged
CTFL 1
Reducer - Concentricwith a ConnectionFabricated from PlateFlanged
CZFL 1
Reducer - Concentricwith a ConnectionSwaged from PipeFlanged
CXFL 1
Reducer - ConcentricNipple
RNSC 1
Component Description
SKEY Plotted Symbol P-points Note
4.0
5.5
3.01 20
4.5
5.5
3.51 20
4.5
5.5
3.51 20
4.5
5.5
3.51 20
4.5
5.5
3.5 1 20
3
4.5
5.5
3.5 1 20
3
4.5
5.5
3.5 1 20
3
1.0
6.5
3.5 1 20
12.03:26
ISODRAFT Reference ManualSymbol Keys
Note:
1. A concentric reducer with a connection point will have an additional p-point, P3, with avalid bore. A concentric reducer without a connection will have only a p-arrive and p-leave, as shown.
Component Description
SKEY Plotted Symbol P-points Note
Reducer - ConcentricScrewed
RCSC 1
Reducer - Concentricwith a ScrewedConnection
CTSC 1
Reducer - ConcentricSocket Weld
RCSW 1
Reducer - Concentricwith a ConnectionSocket Weld
CTSW 1
Reducer - ConcentricSocket Weld Bush
RBSW 1
Special ReducingFlange
RF 1
1.0
5.5
3.51 20
1.0
6.5
3.5
1 20
3
1.0
6.5
3.51 20
1.0
6.5
3.5
1 20
3
1.0
6.5
3.5 1 20
1.0
3.25
4.75 1 20
12.03:27
ISODRAFT Reference ManualSymbol Keys
3.14.2 Eccentric Reducers
Component Description
SKEY Plotted Symbol P-points Note
Reducer - EccentricButt Weld
REBW 1,2
Reducer - EccentricFabricated from Plate
EPBW 1,2
Reducer - EccentricSwaged from Pipe
ESBW 1
Reducer - Eccentricwith a Connection ButtWeld
OTBW 1,2
Reducer - Eccentricwith a ConnectionFabricated from Plate
EZBW 1,2
Reducer - Eccentricwith a ConnectionSwaged from Pipe
EXBW 1,2
Reducer - EccentricScrewed
RESC 1
()(
)2.0
5.5
5.5
1 20
()(
)2.0
5.5
5.5
1 20
()(
)2.0
5.5
5.5
1 20
2.0
6.5
5.5
1 20
3
9
2.0
6.5
5.5
1 20
3
9
2.0
6.5
5.5
1 20
3
9
2.0
6.5
5.5 1 20 3
12.03:28
ISODRAFT Reference ManualSymbol Keys
Notes:
1. Generic type REDU has a connection reference to facilitate connections to reducers. Ifthe connection facility is not being used, then an eccentric reducer will have a p-arrive,a p-leave, and a P3 to orientate the flat side. If the connection facility is to be used, P3will be the connection p-point and as such must have valid bore and orientation data forthe connection. As the flat side can be either in the same direction as the connection ordirectly opposite, a P9 p-point must be used to give the orientation of the flat side.
2. If an orientation p-point is present in the point set, the orientation of this p-point will beshown on the isometric.
Reducer - Eccentricwith a ConnectionScrewed
OTSC1,2
Reducer - EccentricFlanged
REFL 1,2
Reducer - EccentricFabricated from PlateFlanged
EPFL 1,2
Reducer - EccentricSwaged from PipeFlanged
ESFL 1,2
Reducer - Eccentricwith a ConnectionFlanged
OTFL 1,2
Reducer - Eccentricwith a ConnectionFabricated from PlateFlanged
EZFL 1,2
Reducer - Eccentricwith a ConnectionSwaged from PipeFlanged
EXFL 1,2
Component Description
SKEY Plotted Symbol P-points Note
()(
)2.0
5.5
5.5
1 20
3
9
1.5
5.6
4.8 1 20 3
1.5
5.6
4.8 1 20 3
1.5
5.6
4.8 1 20 3
1.5
5.6
4.8
1 20
3
9
1.5
5.6
4.8
1 20
3
9
1.5
5.6
4.8
1 20
3
9
12.03:29
ISODRAFT Reference ManualSymbol Keys
3.15 SHU Symbol Keys
Notes:
1. Replace the ** characters in the symbol key with one of the following end conditionidentifiers:BW for butt weld CP for compression SW for socket weld FL for flanged SC for screwedPL for plain
2. SHU elements have a CRFA attribute allowing up to 10 connection points.
3.16 TEE or OLET Symbol Keys
Component Description
SKEY Plotted Symbol P-points Note
Non-Category Item NC**
1,26.5
4.5 1 20
Component Description
SKEY Plotted Symbol P-points Note
Olet - Half Couplinge.g. Screwed (Pictureshows screwed but canbe any connectiontype)
HC** 7
Olet - Half Couplinge.g. Socket Weld
HC** 7
Olet - Latrolet e.g. ButtWeld
LA**
)( )(3.0
3.0
01 2
3
)()(
3.0
3.0
01 2
3
)( )(
3.2
4.8
01 2
3
12.03:30
ISODRAFT Reference ManualSymbol Keys
Olet - Latrolete.g. Screwed
LA**
Olet - Latrolete.g. Socket Weld
LA**
Olet - Nipolete.g. Screwed
NI**
Olet - Nipolet e.g. PlainEnded
NI**
Olet - Sockolet SK**
Olet - Sweepolet SW**
Olet - Thredolet TH**
Component Description
SKEY Plotted Symbol P-points Note
)( )(
3.2
4.8
01 2
3
)( )(
3.2
4.8
01 2
3
)()(
1.0
5.0
3.5
01 2
3
)()(
1.0
5.0
4.0
01 2
3
)()(
5.5
4.0
01 2
3
)()(
5.5
4.0
01 2
3
)()(
5.5
4.0
3.5
01 2
3
12.03:31
ISODRAFT Reference ManualSymbol Keys
Olet - Weldolet WT**
Olet - InstrumentFlanged
ITFL
Tee - Butt Weld TEBW 2,3,7
Tee - Compression TECP 2,3
Tee - Flanged TEFL 2,3
Tee - Screwed TESC 2,3
Tee - Set-on TESO 1,2,7
Tee - Set-onReinforced
TERF 1,2,7
Component Description
SKEY Plotted Symbol P-points Note
)()(
5.5
4.0
3.5
01 2
3
5.0
8.0
5.5
1 20
3
)()(
VARIABLEANGLE
1 20
3
)()(
VARIABLEANGLE
1 20
3
VARIABLEANGLE
1 20
3
)()(
VARIABLEANGLE
1 20
3
)()(
VARIABLEANGLE
01 2
3
)()(
REINFORCED
VARIABLEANGLE
01 2
3
12.03:32
ISODRAFT Reference ManualSymbol Keys
Notes:
1. The position of P3 along the perpendicular axis is important for deriving the cut pipelength. The perpendicular displacement of P3 is determined by the point at which theoffline leg intersects the main line. For TESO and TERF, the distance P0 to P3 must notexceed half the main bore; P0, P1, P2 and P3 will be coincident when the offline leghas the same bore as the main line. For TPUL, the distance P0 to P3 must exceed halfthe main bore. If the position of P3 does not follow these rules, any weld shown at theintersection may appear in the wrong place.
2. The dimensions of piping components depend upon plotted leg length. The defaultplotted leg length is 9mm, but you can set this to a different value using theLEGLENGTH command. The minimum value you can set is 6mm.
3. The TEBW, TECP, TEFL, TESC and TESW SKEYs can be used for laterals.
Tee - Pulled TPUL 1,2,7
Tee - Socket Weld TESW 2,3,7
Tee - Swept BranchButt Weld
TSBW 2,7
Tee - Swept BranchFlanged
TSFL 2,7
Tee - Swept BranchCompression
TSCP 2,7
Tee - Swept BranchSocket Weld
TSSW 2,7
Tee - Generic Y-typewith variable angle out-and off- legs
Y@** 4,5,6,7
Component Description
SKEY Plotted Symbol P-points Note
)()(
VARIABLEANGLE
01 2
3
)()(
VARIABLEANGLE
1 20
3
)()( 1 20
3
1 20
3
)()( 1 20
3
)()( 1 20
3
VARIABLEANGLE
VARIABLEANGLE
1 20
3
12.03:33
ISODRAFT Reference ManualSymbol Keys
4. Replace the ** characters in the symbol key with one of the following end conditionidentifiers: BW for butt weldCP for compressionSW for socket weldFL for flangedSC for screwedPL for plain
5. The @ character in the symbol key is replaced automatically by an integer in the range1 to 3, depending on the relative bore size of the connections, with 1 assigned to thelargest bore. It is important to note the bore size if redefining the SKEYS for Y1**, Y2**or Y3**.
6. Flanged connections on generic Y-type fittings are represented on the isometric on thetube only. This is due to the fact that the y-type fitting is user-definable and flangedrepresentation on the component cannot be enforced.
7. The presence of an offset P3 may be indicated. The P3 connection of the tee/olet mustbe connected directly to a tube. The default behaviour is that, if an offset P3configuration is present, a new ATEXT characterising the offset is output upon thedrawing. This new ATEXT is number 233 in the list of ATEXTs and its default value is‘BRANCH OFFSET BY’ followed by the nonzero relative coordinates of the offset.
3.17 TRAP Symbol Keys
Notes:
1. Replace the ** characters in the symbol key with one of the following end conditionidentifiers:
Component Description
SKEY Plotted Symbol P-points Note
Trap - In Line (StraightThrough)
TI** 2
Trap - Angle TA** 1,2
Trap - Offset TO** 1,3
Trap - Return TR** 1,4
8.0
4.5
1 20
9.25
4.0 8.0
4.5
12
0
8.0
8.06.0
12
0
3
5.0
26.021.5
1
23
0
12.03:34
ISODRAFT Reference ManualSymbol Keys
BW for butt weld CP for compression SW for socket weld FL for flanged SC for screwedPL for plain
2. To use this symbol, the p-points must be arranged as shown in the following diagram:
3. To use this symbol, the p-points must be arranged as shown in the following diagram:
P3 must not have a valid bore. It is used only to obtain correct orientation of theelement.P3 can be orientated in PARAGON.
Note: That the horizontal offset may be zero; i.e. P0, P1, P2 and P3 may be coplanar.
4. To use this symbol, the p-points must be arranged as shown in the following diagram:
P2
P1
P0
P1
P2
P0
P3
End
P1P0
P2P3
Side
Plan
P1
P2
P0
P3
P1 P0
P3 P2
12.03:35
ISODRAFT Reference ManualSymbol Keys
Note: That the horizontal offset may be zero; i.e. P0 and P1 (and similarly P2 and P3) maybe coincident.
3.18 UNIO Symbol Keys
3.19 UNIVERSAL Symbol Key
Notes:
1. Radius of circle is controlled by percentage scale factor attribute, SkeyScale, on SDTEelement (100% = 10mm). Symbol also has a line from circumference to eachconnection point.
2. UNIV Skey implies no end connection information. To flag end connections, the PSkeyon each p-point must be set to one of the following end condition identifiers:
P2 P3
P0 P1
Component Description
SKEY Plotted Symbol P-points Note
Union - Screwed UNSC
Union - Socket Weld UNSW
Union - Butt Weld UNSW
5.5
2.5
1 20
5.5
2.5
1 20
5.5
2.5
1 20
Component Description
SKEY Plotted Symbol P-points Note
Universal key forgeneric type PCOM
UNIV 1,210 mm
12.03:36
ISODRAFT Reference ManualSymbol Keys
BW for butt weld CP for compression SW for socket weld FL for flanged SC for screwedPL for plain (default if unset)
3.20 VALV Symbol Keys
Component Description
SKEY Plotted Symbol P-points Note
Valve - Angle AV** 1,2
Valve - Angle PressureReducing
AX** 1,2
Valve - Angle Relief/Vent
AR** 1,2
Valve - Ball VB** 1,2
Valve - Basic VV** 1,2
Valve - Butterfly VY** 1,2
Valve - Check VC** 1,2
4.0
4.75
9.25
8.0 1
2
0 3
4.0
4.75
9.25
8.0 1
2
0 3
4.0
4.75
9.25
8.01
2
0 3
3.0
4.0
9.25
1 20 3
4.0
9.25
1 20 3
4.0
9.25
1 20 3
4.0
9.25
1 20
12.03:37
ISODRAFT Reference ManualSymbol Keys
Valve - Check CK** 1,2
Valve - Cock VK** 1,2
Valve - Diaphragm VD** 1,2
Valve - Gate VT** 1,2
Valve - Globe VG** 1,2
Valve - Needle VN** 1,2
Valve - Plug VP** 1,2
Valve - PressureReducing
VX** 1,2
Component Description
SKEY Plotted Symbol P-points Note
4.0
9.0
1 20
4.0
9.25
1 20 3
4.0
9.25
1 20 3
4.0
9.25
1 20 3
4.0
9.25
1 20 3
4.0
9.25
1 20 3
4.0
9.25
1 20 3
4.0
9.25
2.5
1 20 3
12.03:38
ISODRAFT Reference ManualSymbol Keys
Notes:
1. Replace the ** characters in the symbol key with one of the following end conditionidentifiers: BW for butt weld CP for compression SW for socket weld FL for flanged SC for screwedPL for plain
2. If an orientation p-point is present in the point set, then ISODRAFT will output theorientation of this p-point unless it is oriented in a primary direction (X, Y, Z etc.)
3.21 VENT Symbol Keys
3.22 VFWA Symbol Keys
Valve - Relief/Vent VR** 1,2
Valve - Slide VS** 1,2
Component Description
SKEY Plotted Symbol P-points Note
4.0
9.25
1 20 3
4.0
9.25
1 20 3
Component Description
SKEY Plotted Symbol P-points Note
Rupture Disk RD2.5
7.75
1 20
Component Description
SKEY Plotted Symbol P-points Note
Valve - 4 Way V4** 1,24.0
9.25
8.0
4.5 0
3
1 254
12.03:39
ISODRAFT Reference ManualSymbol Keys
Notes:
1. Replace the ** characters in the symbol key with one of the following end conditionidentifiers:BW for butt weld CP for compression SW for socket weld FL for flanged SC for screwedPL for plain
2. If an orientation p-point (P5) is present in the point set, the orientation of that p-point willbe shown on the isometric.
3.23 VTWA Symbol Keys
Notes:
1. Replace the ** characters in the symbol key with one of the following end conditionidentifiers:BW for butt weld CP for compression SW for socket weld FL for flanged SC for screwedPL for plain
2. If an orientation p-point (P5) is present in the point set, the orientation of that p-point willbe shown on the isometric.
Component Description
SKEY Plotted Symbol P-points Note
Valve - 3 Way V3** 1,24.0
4.5
8.0
9.25
0
31 2
4
12.03:40
ISODRAFT Reference ManualSymbol Keys
3.24 WELD Symbol Keys
3.25 Floor Penetration ATTA Symbol
Notes:
1. Same rules apply as those used for positioning the FLOW ARROW symbol (see In-lineComponents, Including Straight-through Valves in the ISODRAFT User Guide).
2. Must only be positioned in vertical sections of pipeline.3. ISODRAFT will automatically orientate the fitting shape to suit the up/down direction of
the pipeline.
Component Description
SKEY Plotted Symbol P-points Note
Weld - Site WS
Weld - Field Fitted WF
Weld - Shop WW
4.0
4.0
01 2
FFW
4.0
4.0
01 2
01 2
Component Description
SKEY Plotted Symbol Note
Pipe passing throughfloor
FLOR 1,2,3
12.03:41
ISODRAFT Reference ManualSymbol Keys
3.26 Welded Lug Symbol Keys
3.27 Symbol Key Reference IndexThis section lists all available symbol keys (SKEYs) in alphabetic order. Cross-referencesare given to the generic component types (GTYPEs) under which you will find themdescribed in the preceding sections of this appendix (if appropriate).
Each SKEY has an indication of whether or not it may be redefined, as explained in theISODRAFT User Guide, Section 11.1, The Basic Principles. For components which includespindles, the standard spindle type associated with the predefined SKEY is indicated, seethe ISODRAFT User Guide Section 11.3, Special Keys, for illustrations of these spindletypes.
Component Description
SKEY Plotted Symbol P-points Note
Welded Circular Lug WLC
Welded RectangularLug
WLR
)()(
1.0
5.0
4.0
01 2
3
)()(
1.0
5.0
4.0
01 2
3
SKEY GTYPE COMPONENT USER DEFINABLE?
SPINDLE TYPE
AR** VALV Angled Pressure Reducing Valve Yes 09SP
AV** VALV Angled Valve Yes 01SP
AX** VALV Angled Relief Valve or Vent Yes 02SP
BA** PCOM Angle Block No
BEFL BEND Flanged Bend No
BO** PCOM Offset Block Yes
BR** PCOM Return Block No
BTFL BEND Flanged Bend with Tee No
BU+D BEND Pulled Return Bend No
BUFL BEND Flanged Return Bend No
C3** INST 3-Way Control Valve No 13SP
C4** INST 4-Way Control Valve No 13SP
12.03:42
ISODRAFT Reference ManualSymbol Keys
CA** INST Angled Control Valve Yes 13SP
CEBW COUP Butt Weld Elbolet Yes
CESC COUP Screwed Fitting Elbolet Yes
CESW COUP Socket Weld Elbolet Yes
CH** PCOM Hose Coupling Yes
CK** VALV Check Valve Yes
COCP COUP Compression Fitting Coupling Yes
COSC COUP Screwed Fitting Coupling Yes
COSW COUP Socket Weld Coupling Yes
CPBW REDU Butt Weld Concentric Reducer Yes
CPFL REDU Flanged Concentric Reducer Yes
CRBW CROS Butt Weld Cross No
CRCP CROS Compression Fitting Cross No
CRFL CROS Flanged Cross No
CRRF CROS Set On Reinforced Cross No
CRSC CROS Screwed Fitting Cross No
CRSO CROS Set On Cross No
CRSW CROS Socket Weld Cross No
CSBW REDU Butt Weld Concentric Reducer Yes
CSFL REDU Flanged Concentric Reducer Yes
CTBW REDU Butt Weld Concentric Reducerwith Tee
Yes
CTFL REDU Flanged Concentric Reducer withTee
Yes
CTSC REDU Screwed Fitting Concentric withTee
Yes
CTSW REDU Socket Weld Concentric Reducerwith Tee
Yes
CV** INST Control Valve Yes 13SP
CXBW REDU Butt Weld Concentric Reducerwith Tee
Yes
CXFL REDU Flanged Concentric Reducer withTee
Yes
SKEY GTYPE COMPONENT USER DEFINABLE?
SPINDLE TYPE
12.03:43
ISODRAFT Reference ManualSymbol Keys
CZBW REDU Butt Weld Concentric Reducerwith Tee
Yes
CZFL REDU Flanged Concentric Reducer withTee
Yes
DR INST Rupture Disc Yes
EBSC ELBO Screwed Fitting (Male) Elbow No
ELBW ELBO Butt Weld Elbow No
ELCP ELBO Compression Fitting Elbow No
ELSC ELBO Screwed Fitting Elbow No
ELSW ELBO Socket Weld Elbow No
EPBW REDU Butt Weld Eccentric Reducer Yes
EPFL REDU Flanged Eccentric Reducer Yes
ER** ELBO Reducing Elbow No
ESBW REDU Butt Weld Eccentric Reducer Yes
ESFL REDU Flanged Eccentric Reducer Yes
ETBW ELBO Butt Weld Elbow with Tee No
ETCP ELBO Compression Fitting Elbow withTee
No
ETSC ELBO Screwed Fitting Elbow with Tee No
ETSW ELBO Socket Weld Elbow with Tee No
EUBW ELBO Butt Weld Return Elbow No
EX** PCOM Expansion Bellows Yes
EXBW REDU Butt Weld Eccentric Reducer withTee
Yes
EXFL REDU Flanged Eccentric Reducer withTee
Yes
EZBW REDU Butt Weld Eccentric Reducer withTee
Yes
EZFL REDU Flanged Eccentric Reducer withTee
Yes
FA** FILT Angled Filter No
FI** FILT Straight-Through (In-Line) Filter Yes
FLBL FLAN Blind or Blanking Flange Yes
FLBL FBLI Blind or Blanking Flange Yes
SKEY GTYPE COMPONENT USER DEFINABLE?
SPINDLE TYPE
12.03:44
ISODRAFT Reference ManualSymbol Keys
FLFL FLAN Flared Flange Yes
FLLB FLAN Loose Backing Flange Yes
FLOW Flow Arrow Yes
FLRC FLAN Reducing Flange Yes
FLRC FBLI Reducing Flange Yes
FLRE FLAN Eccentric Reducing Flange Yes
FLRE FBLI Eccentric Reducing Flange Yes
FLRG LJSE Lap Joint Ring No
FLOR ATTA Floor Penetration Type ATTA Yes
FLSC FLAN Screwed Fitting Flange Yes
FLSE LJSE Lap Joint Stub End No
FLSJ FLAN Slip-on J-Type Welded Flange Yes
FLSW FLAN Socket Weld Flange Yes
FLSO FLAN Slip-on Flange Yes
FLWN FLAN Weld Neck Flange Yes
FO** FILT Offset Filter Yes
FY** FILT ‘Y’-type Filter/Strainer Yes
FOSO FLAN Slip-on Flange with Orifice Yes
FOWN FLAN Weld Neck Flange with Orifice Yes
FPFL FTUB Fixed Length Pipe with FlangedEnds
No
FPPL FTUB Fixed Length Pipe with Plain Ends Yes
FR** FILT Return Filter No
FT** PCOM Flame Trap Yes
FX** PCOM Flexible Hose Yes
H3** INST 3-Way Control Valve No 12SP
H4** INST 4-Way Control Valve No 12SP
HA** INST Angled Control Valve Yes 12SP
HC** OLET Screwed Half Coupling Yes
HC** OLET Socket Weld Half Coupling Yes
HV** INST Control Valve Yes 12SP
IA** INST Angled Instrument Yes
SKEY GTYPE COMPONENT USER DEFINABLE?
SPINDLE TYPE
12.03:45
ISODRAFT Reference ManualSymbol Keys
IDFL INST Flanged Instrument with Dial No
IDPL INST Instrument with Dial No
II** INST Instrument Yes
IO** INST Offset Instrument Yes
IR** INST Return Instrument No
ITFL OLET Flanged Instrument Tee No
KABW CAP Butt Weld Cap Yes
KACP CAP Compression Fitting Cap Yes
KASC CAP Screwed Fitting Cap Yes
KASW CAP Socket Weld Cap Yes
L@BW BEND Butt Weld Lobster Back Bend No
L@FL BEND Flanged Lobster Back Bend No
LA** OLET Butt Weld Latrolet Yes
LA** OLET Screwed Fitting Latrolet Yes
LA** OLET Socket Weld Latrolet Yes
M3** INST 3-Way Motorised Valve No 11SP
M4** INST 4-Way Motorised Valve No
MA** INST Angled Control Valve Yes 11SP
MIBW BEND Butt Weld Mitred Bend No
MIFL BEND Flanged Mitred Bend No
MTBW BEND Butt Weld Mitred Bend with Tee No
MTFL BEND Flanged Mitred Bend with Tee No
MV** INST Motorised Valve Yes 11SP
NBSC COUP Screwed Nipple Yes
NC** PCOM Non-Category Item Yes
NC** SHU Non-Category Item Yes
NI** OLET Plain End Nipolet Yes
NI** OLET Screwed Fitting Nipolet Yes
NRSC COUP Screwed Fitting Nipple Yes
OP INST Orifice Plate Yes
OTBW REDU Butt Weld Eccentric Reducer withTee
Yes
SKEY GTYPE COMPONENT USER DEFINABLE?
SPINDLE TYPE
12.03:46
ISODRAFT Reference ManualSymbol Keys
OTFL REDU Flanged Eccentric Reducer withTee
Yes
OTSC REDU Screwed Fitting Eccentric Reducerwith Tee
Yes
PB+D BEND Pulled Bend No
PF CLOS Fixed Length Pipe Block Yes
PL PCOM Plug Yes
PV CLOS Variable Length Pipe Block Yes
PR INST Restrictor Plate Yes
RA** INST Angled Relief Valve Yes 02SP
RBSC REDU Screwed Fitting ConcentricReducing Bush
Yes
RBSW REDU Socket Weld Concentric ReducingBush
Yes
RCBW REDU Butt Weld Concentric Reducer Yes
RCCP REDU Compression Fitting ConcentricReducer
Yes
RCFL REDU Flanged Concentric Reducer Yes
RCSC REDU Screwed Fitting ConcentricReducer
Yes
RCSW REDU Socket Weld Concentric Reducer Yes
RD VENT Rupture Disc Yes
REBW REDU Butt Weld Eccentric Reducer Yes
REFL REDU Flanged Eccentric Reducer Yes
RESC REDU Screwed Fitting Eccentric Reducer Yes
RF REDU Special Reducing Flange Yes
RNSC REDU Nipple Fitting Concentric Reducer Yes
RP PCOM Restrictor Plate Yes
RV** INST Relief Valve Yes
S3** INST 3-Way Control Valve with SquareIndicator
No 10SP
S4** INST 4-Way Control Valve with SquareIndicator
No 10SP
SA** INST Angled Control Valve with SquareIndicator
Yes 10SP
SKEY GTYPE COMPONENT USER DEFINABLE?
SPINDLE TYPE
12.03:47
ISODRAFT Reference ManualSymbol Keys
SB PCOM Spectacle Blind Yes
SG** PCOM Sight Glass Yes
SK** OLET Socket Weld Sockolet Yes
SP PCOM Slip Plate Yes
SR PCOM Slip Ring Yes
SV** INST Control Valve with SquareIndicator
Yes 10SP
SW** OLET Butt Weld Sweepolet Yes
T@BW BEND Butt Weld Lobster Back Bend withTee
No
T@FL BEND Flanged Lobster Back Bend withTee
No
TA** TRAP Angled Trap No
TB+D BEND Pulled Bend with Tee No
TEBW TEE Butt Weld Tee No
TECP TEE Compression Fitting Tee No
TEFL TEE Flanged Tee No
TESC TEE Screwed Fitting Tee No
TESO TEE Set On Tee No
TERF TEE Reinforced Tee No
TESW TEE Socket Weld Tee No
TH** OLET Screwed Fitting Thredolet Yes
TI** TRAP In-line Trap Yes
TO** TRAP Offset Trap Yes
TR** TRAP Return Trap No
TPUL TEE Pulled Tee No
TSBW TEE Butt Weld Swept Tee No
TSCP TEE Compression Fitting Swept Tee No
TSFL TEE Flanged Swept Tee No
TSSW TEE Socket Weld Swept Tee No
TU** PCOM Tundish or Funnel Yes
UNSC UNIO Screwed Fitting Union Yes
UNSW UNIO Socket Weld Union Yes
SKEY GTYPE COMPONENT USER DEFINABLE?
SPINDLE TYPE
12.03:48
ISODRAFT Reference ManualSymbol Keys
UNBW UNIO Butt Weld Union Yes
UNIV PCOM Universal Skey for special fittings SeeAVEVA PDMSISODRAFTUser Guide
V3** VTWA 3-Way Valve No 01SP
V4** VFWA 4-Way Valve No 01SP
VB** VALV Ball Valve Yes 03SP
VC** VALV Check Valve Yes
VD** VALV Diaphragm Valve Yes 01SP
VG** VALV Globe Valve Yes 01SP
VK** VALV Cock Valve Yes 03SP
VN** VALV Needle Valve Yes 06SP
VP** VALV Plug Valve Yes 07SP
VR** VALV Relief Valve Yes 02SP
VS** VALV Slide Valve Yes 08SP
VT** VALV Gate Valve Yes 05SP
VV** VALV Basic Valve Yes 01SP
VX** VALV Pressure Reducing Valve Yes 09SP
VY** VALV Butterfly Valve Yes 03SP
WF WELD Field Fitted Weld No
WS WELD Site Weld No
WTBW OLET Butt Weld Weldolet Yes
WW WELD Shop Weld No
XA** INST Angled Pressure Reducing Valve Yes 09SP
XV** INST Pressure Reducing Valve Yes 09SP
X@** CROS Generic Y-type Cross with user-definable out- and off- legs
Yes
Y@** TEE Generic Y-type Tee with user-definable out- and off- legs
Yes
01HG Hanger (As a basis for user-defined hangers; see ISODRAFTUser Guide, Section 10.4, Defininga New Hanger)
Yes
SKEY GTYPE COMPONENT USER DEFINABLE?
SPINDLE TYPE
12.03:49
ISODRAFT Reference ManualSymbol Keys
Note: ** denotes any of the following connection types:
BW Butt Weld
CP Compression Fitting
FL Flange
SC Screwed Fitting
SW Socket Weld
PL Plain
@ in Bends, denotes the number of bend segments (range 1-9)
in X-type and Y-type Crosses/Tees, replaced by an integer in the range 1 to 4, 1 indicating the largest bore, 4 indicating the smallest bore.
+ denotes the ratio of the bend radius to the pipe bore (range 1-9)
12.03:50
ISODRAFT Reference ManualAlternative Texts
4 Alternative Texts
4.1 IntroductionYou can change or remove all the text on isometric drawings using the ATEXT command.
This appendix lists the default settings of the text phrases, with their reference numbers.
The alternative texts (Atexts) have been broken down under the following headings:• Isometric Drawing Area• Title Block Area• Plotted Material List• Line Summary Area• Printed Material List• Weld Box Summary• Bend Table• Dynamic Detail Areas• Bolt Report
If an Atext is made blank, any additional information that may have been drawn in orappended to the corresponding area will be suppressed.
4.2 Isometric Drawing Area
201 ‘E’ Denotes east in coordinates
202 ‘N’ Denotes north in coordinates
203 ‘W’ Denotes west in coordinates
204 ‘S’ Denotes south in coordinates
205 ‘EL +’ Denotes a positive elevation in coordinates (up)
206 ‘EL -’ Denotes a negative elevation in coordinates (down)
207 ‘NS’ Denotes a pipe’s nominal size (bore)
208 ‘CONN. TO’ Denotes CONNected TO, where a pipe end is connected toa nozzle
12.04:1
ISODRAFT Reference ManualAlternative Texts
209 ‘CONT. ON’ Denotes CONTinued ON, where a pipe is continued onanother drawing sheet. See also Atext 276.
210 ‘F’ Denotes a flange (used as the material list pointer forflanges)
211 ‘G’ Denotes a gasket (used as the material list pointer forgaskets)
212 ‘B’ Denotes a bolt (used as the material list pointer for bolts)
213 ‘SPINDLE’ Used to show the spindle direction of a valve when it is not aprimary direction
214 ‘MM’ Denotes millimetres (used at angle valves etc.)
215 ‘REDUCING FLANGE’
Message pointing to any reducing flange
216 ‘OFFSET’ Message used where an offset occurs. For example, ateccentric reducers, offset reducing flanges, offset blocksetc.
279 ‘L’ Denotes a lap joint stub end (used as the material listpointer for LJSEs)
217 ‘MITRE’ Denotes mitre-type bend (see also Atext 231)
218 ‘LOBSTER’ Denotes lobster-type bend (see also Atext 231)
219 ‘REINFORCED’ Message pointing to any reinforced tee (symbol key TERF)
220 ‘LEFT LOOSE’ Message pointing to any flange where attribute LOOSE isset to TRUE
221 ‘FFW’ Message pointing to any field-fitted weld (symbol key WF)
222 ‘FALL’ Denotes a falling pipeline.
223 ‘ ’ If left blank, this Atext automatically produces the symbol forfalling lines specified in degrees
224 ‘:’ Used for falling lines specified as a ratio (e.g. 1:10)
225 ‘ ’ If left blank, this Atext automatically produces the % symbolfor falling lines specified as a percentage
226 ‘ GRAD’ Used for falling lines specified in grads
227 ‘ PER M’ Used for falling lines specified in metric units, to indicatemillimetres per metre
228 ‘PER FT’ Used for falling lines specified in imperial units, to indicateinches per foot
229 ‘SCREWED END’ Message pointing to any open ended pipe whose HCON orTCON is set to SCRD
230 ‘VENT’ Message pointing to any pipe end whose HCON or TCON isset to VENT
12.04:2
ISODRAFT Reference ManualAlternative Texts
231 ‘BEND’ Associated with Atexts 217 and 218.
236 ‘S’ Denotes that a support exists at a component.
237 ‘”’ Indicates inches
238 ‘’’ Indicates feet
239 ‘DRAIN’ Message pointing to any pipe end whose HCON or TCON isset to DRAN
240 ‘ ’ This Atext is blank by default. It can be used to produce amessage at any pipe end whose HCON or TCON is set toOPEN.
241 ‘ ’ This Atext is blank by default. It can be used to produce amessage at any pipe end whose HCON or TCON is set toCLOS.
242 ‘ ’ This Atext is blank by default. It can be used to produce amessage at any pipe end whose HCON or TCON is not oneof the recognised ends; i.e. not SCRD, VENT, DRAN, OPENor CLOS.
243 ‘ ’ This Atext is blank by default. If it is set to any word (e.g.FLAT), eccentric reducers will have the orientation of theirflat side indicated by that word.Note that this Atext is used with Atexts 244, 245, 246, 247,248 and 249.See also the note following Atext 283.
244 ‘UP’ For use in conjunction with Atexts 243 and 283
245 ‘DOWN’ For use in conjunction with Atexts 243 and 283
246 ‘NORTH’ For use in conjunction with Atexts 243 and 283
247 ‘SOUTH’ For use in conjunction with Atexts 243 and 283
248 ‘EAST’ For use in conjunction with Atexts 243 and 283
249 ‘WEST’ For use in conjunction with Atexts 243 and 283
275 ‘SWEPT TEE’ Message pointing to any tee whose symbol key is TSBW
276 ‘CONT. FROM’ Denotes CONTinued FROM, where a pipe is continued fromanother drawing sheet.See also Atext 255 in Title Block Area.
277 ‘ORIFICE FLANGE’ Message pointing to orifice flanges
278 ‘DIAL FACE’ Message pointing to instrument dials (symbol keys IDPLand IDFL)
280 ‘TAPPING’ Message pointing to orifice plates
281 ‘TAIL’ Message pointing to spectacle blinds and slip plates
282 ‘WINDOW’ Message pointing to sight glasses
12.04:3
ISODRAFT Reference ManualAlternative Texts
283 ‘FLAT’ Used to indicate the orientation of the flat side of aneccentric reducer when the reducer is skewed. Note that this Atext is used with Atexts 244, 245, 246, 247,248 and 249.See also the following note.
284 ‘TEE BEND’ Message pointing to bends that have an offline leg
286 ‘ ’ This Atext is blank by default. If it is set, a message will beoutput at screwed erection fittings.
287 ‘ORIENTATION DIRECTION’
Shows the orientation of a skewed olet which has nothing,or only a plug, attached.
288 ‘PIPE’ Used on system isometrics to show the position(s) of anychange of Pipe reference.
289 ‘MATL’ Message pointing to any place in the pipe where thespecification changes if Dimensiontype is in force (see theSPECBREAK command). The names of the old and newspecifications are automatically included. (See also Atext232.)
290 ‘INSUL’ Message pointing to any place in the pipe where thespecification changes if Dimensiontype is in force (see theSPECBREAK command). The names of the old and newspecifications are automatically included.
291 ‘TRACE’ Message pointing to any place in the pipe where thespecification changes if Dimensiontype is in force (see theSPECBREAK command). The names of the old and newspecifications are automatically included.
292 ‘PAINT’ Message pointing to any place in the pipe where thespecification changes if Dimensiontype is in force (see theSPECBREAK command). The names of the old and newspecifications are automatically included.
298 ‘TEE ELBOW’ Message pointing to elbows that have an offline leg
337 ‘D BEND RADIUS’ Shows radius of pulled bend in multiples of the pipediameter
338 ‘BEND RADIUS’ Shows radius of pulled bend in current distance units (mmor inch)
349 ‘PP’ Used as a heading for personnel protection insulation.
350 ‘REDUCING ELBOW’
Message pointing to reducing elbows. Note that this text isalso used on the Material List.
454 ‘CONNECTION ORIENTATION’
Shows the orientation of a skewed fabricated tee which hasnothing connected.
477 ‘PER 10 FT’ Message showing imperial fall accuracy.
12.04:4
ISODRAFT Reference ManualAlternative Texts
Note: Atext 243 produces the flat side message for reducers in orthogonal piping and Atext283 is used for reducers in non-orthogonal piping.ISODRAFT indicates the flat side of an eccentric reducer by default only when thereducer is skewed. By using Atexts 243 and 283, you may have the flat sideindicated, or not, for skewed-only or all reducers.
Text for reference dimensions. On the plot, $ is replaced by a new line, and ? is replacedby the name of the element or one of its parents.
4.3 Title Block Area
478 ‘PER 100 FT’ Message showing imperial fall accuracy.
451 ‘TAPPING COORDINATES’
Shows coordinates of tapping points for offline legs on user-defined multiway PCOMs
460 BEAM $?
461 COLUMN $?
462 ? $BUILDING CL
463 CL EQUIPMENT $?
464 CL PIPELINE $?
465 ? $FLOOR LEVEL
466 ? $WALL
467 GRID LINE $?
468 ?
250 ‘DATE’ The actual date is appended automatically in the requiredformat (see DATE). This Atext also uses Atexts 258 to 269, inclusive, if the dateformat is set to UK.
251 ‘PROJECT NO’ Used if the project number is to be plotted (seePROJECTNUMBER)
252 ‘BATCH REF’ The PDMS zone name is appended automatically
253 ‘PIPING SPEC’ The value of the attribute SPEC from the element PIPE isappended automatically
254 ‘ISS’ The value of the attribute REV (i.e. the revision level) fromthe element PIPE is appended automatically
255 ‘DRG’ Used only when a pipe is split over multiple drawing sheets.This Atext is used in conjunction with Atext 256 (in theformat DRG 1 OF 2) or with Atext 276 (in the format CONT.FROM DRG 1).
12.04:5
ISODRAFT Reference ManualAlternative Texts
4.4 Plotted Material List
256 ‘OF’ Used in conjunction with Atext 255
257 ‘SPL’ Denotes a SPOOL drawing. Sequential numbering, startingat 1 for each pipe, is appended automatically.
258 ‘JAN’ 259 ‘FEB’ 260 ‘MAR’261 ‘APR’262 ‘MAY’263 ‘JUN’264 ‘JUL’ 265 ‘AUG’266 ‘SEP’ 267 ‘OCT’268 ‘NOV 269 ‘DEC’
258 ‘JAN’ to 269 ‘DEC’ All used in conjunction with Atext250 (for UK date formats)
270 ‘THERMAL INSULATION SPEC’
The value of the attribute ISPE of the element PIPE isappended automatically
271 ‘TRACING SPEC’ The value of the attribute TSPE of the element PIPE isappended automatically
272 ‘PAINTING SPEC’ The value of the attribute PTSP of the element PIPE isappended automatically
300 ‘FABRICATION MATERIALS’
The heading for components whose SHOP attribute is set toTRUE and for pipe selected from a specification with a?SHOP set to TRUE
310 ‘ERECTION MATERIALS’
The heading for components whose SHOP attribute is set toFALSE and for pipe selected from a specification with no?SHOP or with a ?SHOP set to FALSE
301 ‘PT’ The part number pointer, used in conjunction with Atext 302
302 ‘NO’ Used in conjunction with Atext 301
303 ‘COMPONENT DESCRIPTION’
The sub-heading for the item description column
304 ‘N.S.’ Denotes nominal size (bore) of a pipe or component
305 ‘ITEM CODE’ The sub-heading for the item code column
306 ‘QTY’ Denotes quantity
307 ‘PIPE’ The sub-heading under which pipe is listed
308 ‘FITTINGS’ The sub-heading under which pipe fittings (elbows, teesetc.) are listed
12.04:6
ISODRAFT Reference ManualAlternative Texts
309 ‘FLANGES’ The sub-heading under which flanges are listed
311 ‘GASKETS’ The sub-heading under which gaskets are listed
312 ‘BOLTS’ The sub-heading under which bolts are listed
313 ‘VALVES / IN-LINE ITEMS’
The sub-heading under which valves and in-line items arelisted
314 ‘INSTRUMENTS’ The sub-heading under which instruments are listed
315 ‘SUPPORTS’ The sub-heading under which supports are listed
339 ‘MISCELLANEOUS COMPONENTS’
The sub-heading under which additional items are listed
316 ‘PIPE SPOOLS’ The sub-heading under which spool numbers are listed
319 ‘CUT PIPE LENGTHS’
The heading under which cut pipe lengths are listed
320 ‘PIECE’ The sub-heading to Atext 319 which identifies individual cutpipe lengths. Used in conjunction with Atext 321.
321 ‘NO’ Used in conjunction with Atext 320
322 ‘CUT’ The sub-heading to Atext 319 which indicates the actuallengths of the cut pipes listed. Used in conjunction withAtext 323
323 ‘LENGTH’ Used in conjunction with Atext 322
324 ‘REMARKS’ The sub-heading to Atext 319 under which Atexts 326, 327,or 328 will be listed if applicable
326 ‘PLD BEND’ Listed under Atext 324 if a cut pipe length contains a pulledbend
327 ‘LOOSE FLG’ Listed under Atext 324 if a cut pipe length contains a looseflange
328 ‘FF WELD’ Listed under Atext 324 if a cut pipe length contains a fittedfield weld
334 ‘S’ Used with fixed length piping. This Atext is appended to theitem code when one end of a fixed length spool has aspecial flange
335 ‘WITH SPECIAL RATING FLANGE(S) (SEE ISO)’
Used with fixed length piping. This Atext is appended to thedescription. Used in conjunction with Atext 334.
341 ‘EQUIPMENT TRIM MATERIALS’
Used as a heading for material lists in equipment trimisometrics
342 ‘NOZZLE REF -’ Used as a subheading for each group of componentsrelated to a particular Nozzle in an equipment trim MTO list
343 ‘CONTINUED’ Indicates that the listing for a Nozzle in an equipment trimisometric is continued from a previous drawing sheet
12.04:7
ISODRAFT Reference ManualAlternative Texts
4.5 Line Summary AreaThe symbol identification texts that are used in the line summary area, along the bottom ofthe isometric drawing, can be changed or made blank.
If one of these Atexts is changed, the corresponding symbol will still be drawn. If the Atext ismade blank, the corresponding symbol will not be drawn in the line summary area.
The following texts are all used as explanatory captions for the examples of drawingsymbols used on the isometrics.
345 ‘AND’ Used to separate parts of an equipment trim MTO listbetween connected Nozzles
346 ‘GEARBOX ORIENTATION’
Used for all valves created with a P11 to show theorientation of P11
347 ‘ ’ This Atext is blank by default. It is used to set text at thebottom of the material list on the master drawing to showthat the information is continued on another sheet. If it isdefined, it will override the standard Atexts 209, 255 and256.
348 ‘ ’ This Atext is blank by default. It is used to set text at the topof the material list on an overflow drawing to show that theinformation is continued on another sheet. If it is defined, itwill override the standard Atexts 276, 255 and 256.
350 ‘REDUCING ELBOW’
The subheading under which reducing elbows are listed.Note that this text is also used in the drawing area.
377 ‘PLD TEE’ The entry in the REMARKS column of the cutting or materiallist for tube pieces including pulled tee.
378 ‘SETON TEE’ The entry in the REMARKS column of the cutting or materiallist for tube pieces including set-on tee.
480 ‘SPOOL’ This Atext is used in headings to show the spool number.
481 ‘NO SPOOL’ This Atext is used in headings for components which are notincluded in any spool.
400 ‘TRACED PIPE’401 ‘LAGGED PIPE’402 ‘PIPE SUPPORT’403 ‘COMPN JOINT’404 ‘SCREWED JOINT’405 ‘SOCKET WELD’406 ‘FIELD WELD407 ‘SHOP WELD411 ‘SITE CONNECTION’
The following Atexts also appear in the line summary area:
12.04:8
ISODRAFT Reference ManualAlternative Texts
4.6 Printed Material ListThe Atexts that are used in the printed material list only are:
4.7 Weld Box SummaryThe Atexts used in the weld box summary are as follows:
Note: The vertical lines (|) shown in these examples are an essential part of the Atext andmust be input at the keyboard with the required text. The positioning of these linesdetermines the output format.
317 ‘PIPE NS’ Used in conjunction with Atext 318. The total centre linelength for each bore is calculated automatically and listedagainst this caption.
318 ‘CL LENGTH’ Used, in conjunction with Atext 317, to summarise centreline lengths
410 ‘[1] DENOTES PIPE SPOOL NO DENOTES PARTS LIST NO’
A standard explanatory note
408 ‘ ’ Normally left blank. Can be used to add explanatory textin the line summary area. For example:
ATEXT 408 ‘PULLED BEND RADIUS IS 3 x NOMINAL PIPE BORE’
409 ‘ ’ Normally left blank. Can be used to add explanatory textin the line summary area. For example:
ATEXT 409 ‘ALL FLANGES 150 LB RATING UNLESS STATED OTHERWISE’
1
329 ‘M’ Denotes metres
330 ‘INS’ Denotes inches
331 ‘MM’ Denotes millimetres
332 ‘PAGE’ A page number is appended automatically
333 ‘PIPELINE REF’ The pipe name is appended automatically
336 ‘SYSTEM REF’ Used to identify system isometrics. The system name isappended automatically.
412 ‘WELD |SHOP |WELD |WELDER |VISUAL |NDT |HARD S.R |FAB.QA’
413 ‘NO |/FLD |PROC ID |ACCEPT |NO | NO | |ACCEPT’
12.04:9
ISODRAFT Reference ManualAlternative Texts
4.8 Bend TableThe Atexts below are all titles of columns in the bend table:
4.9 Dynamic Detail Areas479 ‘DETAIL’
This Atext is used to label items shown in separate detail plots, and also as headings for thedetail plots themselves.
4.10 Bolt ReportThe Atexts below are used in the Bolt Report titles:
325 ‘LENGTH’
351 ‘FAB’
352 ‘EREC’
353 ‘BOLT DESCRIPTION’
455 ‘POSITIONS WRT’
470 ‘PT NO’ Part Number.
471 ‘NB’ Nominal Bore.
472 ‘A’ Dimension A.
473 ‘B’ Dimension B.
474 ‘C’ Dimension C.
475 ‘ANGLE’ The bend angle.
476 ‘RADIUS’ The bend radius.
12.04:10
ISODRAFT Reference ManualMaterial Control File
5 Material Control File
5.1 IntroductionThe Material Control File is an ASCII file which contains a record of all materialsincorporated into the isometric drawing, including piping components, tube, bolts, etc. It canbe used to pass details of material requirements to an external material control program.
A Material Control File is produced for each ISODRAW DETAIL command. The filegenerated during a multiple plot run contains material records for all pipelines detailed bythat command.
5.2 Creating a Material Control FileTo create a basic material control file, use the command:
MATControl filename
where filename is the name of a file in the operating system directory. If a file of the givenname exists, new data will be added to the end of it. If filename does not exist, a new file iscreated.
The format of the material control file is described in File Format.
You can create a more detailed material control file by using the EXTENDED command asfollows:
MATControl filename EXTended
The extended material control file contains the information contained in the basic materialcontrol file (see File Format), plus the following:
• Part numbers (in word 8 of component records)• Item descriptions (as record -21)• File header with:
-5 record (originating program/version) -3 record (title block information)
Note: Always delete files once the data has been transferred to the external materialcontrol system, to avoid wasting disk space.
5.3 File FormatThe data in the file is coded so as to produce a tabulated record of the quantity of each typeof component for each pipeline drawing.
12.05:1
ISODRAFT Reference ManualMaterial Control File
Each pipeline record sequence begins with a general header, which includes referencesand specifications applicable to the pipeline as a whole, followed by a detailed breakdown ofthe individual items.
The codes used to identify the records are defined in the following sections.
The definitions may be understood more easily by referring to the example in Example of aMaterial Control File Output, bearing in mind that only relevant records occur in any givencase.
5.3.1 Overall File StructureThe general file header record sequence may be summarised as follows:
The overall record sequence for each pipeline may be summarised as shown below.
RecordNo.
Contents
-5 Originating program(s)-3 Title block information
12.05:2
ISODRAFT Reference ManualMaterial Control File
5.3.2 Material Control File Record Identification NumbersThe file section relating to each pipeline or drawing begins with a general header (recordscoded -6 to -19) and continues with a separate record for each specific category ofinformation. A detailed breakdown of the information format for each of these categories isgiven in the next subsection. The meanings of the various record type identificationnumbers are as follows:
The record formats are as follows (FORTRAN format):
5.3.3 Individual Formats for Each Type of Information RecordThe following tables show the information which is output for each type of record, listed inthe word order in which it is output. A word in this context means one specific item ofinformation.
Record no. >0: 14I5
Record no. <0: I5, 3X, A13
RecordNo.
Contents
-1
-6-7-8-9
-10-11-12-13-14-15-16-17-19-20
5060
100200300400500600700800
Overflow text record (used with all types of text records)
Pipeline reference (name or refno)User-defined spool prefix identifierRevision identifier (i.e. issue number)Project identifier (i.e. project number)Batch reference (Zone or Area name)Piping specification referenceNominal pressure rating (class)Line type identifierDate of data transferInsulation specification referenceTracing specification referencePainting specification referencePipeline operating temperatureItem Code
Number of spools plus drawing identificationCentreline length summaryTubeFittings (fabrication type)FlangesGasketsBoltsValves and other in-line componentsInstrumentsSupports
-3 Titleblock information-5 Originating program
Once per file
-21-25
Item DescriptionSystem Isometric reference
-29 Equipment trim reference
9001000
MiscellaneousMiscellaneous
12.05:3
ISODRAFT Reference ManualMaterial Control File
The effect of these formats on the output will be most easily seen by studying the outputsample listing given in Example of a Material Control File Output.
Note: Each type of record has provision for up to 14 words, each word having an integerfield of length five. Only the number of words actually used for a particular type ofrecord is listed in the corresponding table.
• Record Number 50:Spool Count, Drawing Number and Number of Drawings
• Record Number 60:Centreline Length Summary
Note: Each type 60 record can accommodate up to six sizes of tube (i.e. up to six differentnominal bores). If a drawing sheet contains more than six bore sizes, more than onetype 60 record will be created. These will be written consecutively to the file.The dimensional units specified by word 2 in record 60 are applicable to allsubsequent records up to the next set of header information; i.e. up to the -6identifier for the next pipeline.
WordPositionNumber
Field Information Comments(inc. range of valid valuesand purpose if applicable)
1
2
3
4
Record type number Set to 50
Number of spoolson drawing
Set to appropriate number ofspools on drawing
Drawing number Used when a pipeline splits ontomore than one drawing sheet(e.g. `2' in 2 of 4)
Number ofdrawings
Used when a pipeline splits ontomore than one drawing sheet(e.g. `4' in 2 of 4)
WordPositionNumber
Field Information Comments(inc. range of valid valuesand purpose if applicable)
1 Record type number Set to 60
2 Dimensional units indicator
Units col. = boresTens col. = bolts
0 = Imperial bores
1 = Imperial bores and lengths2 = Metric bores and lengths
Metric lengths
3 Nominal bore Bores in mm or 1/16th inches
4 Centreline length Lengths in 1/10 m or 1/10 ft
5 Nominal bore Bores in mm or 1/16th inches
6 Centreline length Lengths in 1/10 m or 1/10 ft
7 Nominal bore Bores in mm or 1/16th inches
8 Centreline length Lengths in 1/10 m or 1/10 ft
9 Nominal bore Bores in mm or 1/16th inches
10 Centreline length Lengths in 1/10 m or 1/10 ft
11 Nominal bore Bores in mm or 1/16th inches
12 Centreline length Lengths in 1/10 m or 1/10 ft
13 Nominal bore Bores in mm or 1/16th inches
14 Centreline length Lengths in 1/10 m or 1/10 ft
12.05:4
ISODRAFT Reference ManualMaterial Control File
• Record Number 100:Tube
• Record Number 200:Fittings
• Record Number 300:Flanges
WordPositionNumber
Field Information Comments(inc. range of valid valuesand purpose if applicable)
1 Record type number Set to 100
2 Primary bore Bores in mm or 1/16 inches
3 Secondary bore
4 Third bore(if required)
Bores in mm or 1/16 inches
Bores in mm or 1/16 inches
5 Quantity/length Tube lengths in 1/10 m or 1/10 ft
6 Fab/Erec marker 1 = Fabrication2 = Erection
7 not used
8 Part number
WordPositionNumber
Field Information Comments(inc. range of valid valuesand purpose if applicable)
1 Record type number Set to 200
2 Primary bore Bores in mm or 1/16 inches
3 Secondary bore
4 Third bore(if required)
Bores in mm or 1/16 inches
Bores in mm or 1/16 inches
5 Quantity Set to number of fitting types
6 Fab/Erec marker 1 = Fabrication2 = Erection
required
7 not used
8 Part number
12.05:5
ISODRAFT Reference ManualMaterial Control File
• Record Number 400:Gaskets
• Record Number 500:Bolts
WordPositionNumber
Field Information Comments(inc. range of valid valuesand purpose if applicable)
1 Record type number Set to 300
2 Primary bore Bores in mm or 1/16 inches
3 Secondary bore
4 Third bore(if required)
Bores in mm or 1/16 inches
Bores in mm or 1/16 inches
5 Quantity Set to number of flanges
6 Fab/Erec marker 1 = Fabrication2 = Erection
required
7 not used
8 Part number
WordPositionNumber
Field Information Comments(inc. range of valid valuesand purpose if applicable)
1 Record type number Set to 400
2 Primary bore Bores in mm or 1/16 inches
3 Secondary bore
4 Third bore(if required)
Bores in mm or 1/16 inches
Bores in mm or 1/16 inches
5 Quantity Set to number of gaskets
6 Fab/Erec marker 1 = Fabrication2 = Erection
required
7 not used
8 Part number
12.05:6
ISODRAFT Reference ManualMaterial Control File
• Record Number 600:Valves and In-line Items
• Record Number 700:Instruments
WordPositionNumber
Field Information Comments(inc. range of valid valuesand purpose if applicable)
1 Record type number Set to 500
2 Bolt diameter Diameters in mm or 1/16th inches
3
4
5 Quantity Set to number of bolts required
6 Fab/Erec marker 1 = Fabrication2 = Erection
Not used
Not used
7 Bolt length Bolt lengths in mm
8 Part number
WordPositionNumber
Field Information Comments(inc. range of valid valuesand purpose if applicable)
1 Record type number Set to 600
2 Primary bore Bores in mm or 1/16 inches
3 Secondary bore
4 Third bore(if required)
Bores in mm or 1/16 inches
Bores in mm or 1/16 inches
5 Quantity Set to number of items required
6 Fab/Erec marker 1 = Fabrication2 = Erection
7 Not used
8 Part number
12.05:7
ISODRAFT Reference ManualMaterial Control File
• Record Number 800:Supports and Hangers
• Record Number 900:Miscellaneous Component Record with Unit Quantity
WordPositionNumber
Field Information Comments(inc. range of valid valuesand purpose if applicable)
1 Record type number Set to 700
2 Primary bore Bores in mm or 1/16 inches
3 Secondary bore
4 Third bore(if required)
Bores in mm or 1/16 inches
Bores in mm or 1/16 inches
5 Quantity Set to number of instruments
6 Fab/Erec marker 1 = Fabrication2 = Erection
required
7 Not used
8 Part number
WordPositionNumber
Field Information Comments(inc. range of valid valuesand purpose if applicable)
1 Record type number Set to 800
2 Primary bore Bores in mm or 1/16 inches
3 Secondary bore
4 Third bore(if required)
Bores in mm or 1/16 inches
Bores in mm or 1/16 inches
5 Quantity Set to number of supports and/or
6 Fab/Erec marker 1 = Fabrication2 = Erection
hangers required
7 Not used
8 Part number
12.05:8
ISODRAFT Reference ManualMaterial Control File
• Record Number 1000:Miscellaneous Component Record with Length Quantity
5.4 Example of a Material Control File Output-6 WTZA601-8 1
-10 RJK51->-11 M150-12 150-13 WELD-14 29/01/87-15 LAG150 2 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 060 0 96 73 64 73 16 23 0 0 0 0 0 0
100 96 0 0 62 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0-20 PML40100 64 0 0 60 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0-20 PML40100 16 0 0 20 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0-20 PML80200 96 64 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0-20 REBW200 96 0 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0-20 ELBW
WordPositionNumber
Field Information Comments(inc. range of valid valuesand purpose if applicable)
1 Record type number Set to 900
2 Component Bore or Bolt Bores in mm or 1/16 inches, or zero
3
4
5 Quantity Set to number of components
6 Fab/Erec marker 1 = Fabrication2 = Erection
required
7 Bolt Length
8 Part number
DiameterNot used
Not used
In mm or zero
WordPositionNumber
Field Information Comments(inc. range of valid valuesand purpose if applicable)
1 Record type number Set to 1000
2 Component Bore Bores in mm or 1/16 inches, or zero
3
4
5 Quantity In 1/10 m or 1/10 ft
6 Fab/Erec marker 1 = Fabrication2 = Erection
7
8 Part number
Not used
Not used
(Length)
Not used
12.05:9
ISODRAFT Reference ManualMaterial Control File
200 64 64 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0...300 16 0 0 1 2 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0-20 FMM150SW...400 64 0 0 5 2 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0-20 JC150R2...500 12 0 0 16 2 76 0 0 0 0 0 0 0-20 BM3/4X76...600 64 0 0 1 2 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0-20 VBFL...
12.05:10
ISODRAFT Reference ManualError Messages
A Error Messages
This appendix lists ISODRAFT error messages that may be output to the screen andmessage file.
• Messages generated by ISODRAFT itself have message numbers beginning with 33.• Messages generated by the ISODRAW module within ISODRAFT have message
numbers beginning with 35. In most cases these will arise only when the program limitshave been reached, and you should contact the AVEVA Customer Services Team.
Any other messages that may be output are not described here as they are not specific toISODRAFT.
Note: Many of the messages you will see when using ISODRAFT result from design orcataloguing errors, not from errors in using ISODRAFT. For this reason a dataconsistency check is strongly advised before ISODRAFT is used.
The error messages can include variables, presented in this appendix as follows:
integer an integer
realno a real (i.e. non-integer) number
name an item name (general context)
name/refno a name of an item (or refno if unnamed)
filename a PDMS filename
text an alphanumeric character string
(33:1) Paper size A4 to A0 only allowed
See the SIZE command.
(33:2) ISO 1,2,3,4 only allowed
See the ISO command.
(33:3) AREA must be between 1 & 10
See the WASTAGE AREA command.
(33:110) BAD RETURN FILE
The list of pipes successfully detailed by ISODRAW cannot be read.
(33:114) VALUE MUST BE BETWEEN 1 AND 25
The maximum number of lines permitted in the title block area is 25.
12.0A:1
ISODRAFT Reference ManualError Messages
(33:116) VALUE MUST BE BETWEEN 201 AND 500
The Atext numbers of texts which can be changed by the ATEXT commandmust be within the specified range. See Recommendations for ImportingDXF files from ISODRAFT into MicroStation for more information on Atexts
(33:121) PAPER LENGTH must be greater than ZERO
This is self-explanatory.
(33:123) SPEC REF name gives material code ( text ) longer than max of integercharacters
The itemcode derived from the component’s name is longer than the widthallowed in the itemcode column in the material list (see the ITEMCODEcommand).
(33:124) VALUE between 1 & 20 only
The identifying number allocated in a KEYS command must be within thespecified range.
(33:147) INST name/refno is not named
Itemcodes for instruments are currently defined as PDMS names (probablyby default) and an instrument has been found without a name.
(33:149) SYSTEM ERROR Unable to scan pipe network
Check data consistency report and flow directions at branchconnections.
There is a design inconsistency which prevents ISODRAFT from detailingthe specified pipeline. Run a data consistency check to find probablesources of error. In some cases this error may be produced by aconfiguration which is legal but which cannot currently be scanned byISODRAFT. This problem can usually be resolved by splitting the pipe intomore branches.
(33:150) BAD NAME/REF
A name or reference specified for detailing cannot be accessed.
(33:151) Too many items in DETAIL list
The Detail list cannot contain more than 100 items.
(33:152) Can’t remove NAME/REF
A name or reference specified in a Remove list cannot be accessed. Inparticular, note that World must not occur in a Remove list.
(33:153) Too many items in REMOVE list
The Remove list cannot contain more than 100 items.
(33:155) The DETAIL list is empty
Either there are no items in the Add list or the items specified in the Removelist have completely cancelled out those specified in the Add list, leavingnothing to be detailed.
12.0A:2
ISODRAFT Reference ManualError Messages
(33:156) PLOT FILE NAME/PREFIX or TERM have not been specified
The output destination (terminal or named file) must be specified beforeISODRAFT can detail anything.
(33:157) NO PIPES HAVE BEEN PROCESSED SUCCESSFULLY
ISODRAFT has failed to detail any pipes. The reasons may be suggested byother error messages generated during the detailing processes
(33:158) MORE THAN 100 BRANCHES IN PIPE name/refno
ISODRAFT cannot cope with more than 100 branches in one pipeline.
(33:159) NO BRANCHES IN PIPE name/refno
This is self-explanatory.
(33:160) name/refno will not be detailed
The specified Pipe or Branch cannot be detailed by ISODRAFT. The reasonmay be found in another message or a data consistency report.
(33:162) HEAD & TAIL refs of BRANCH name/refno refer to the same componentbut head & tail positions are not close enough to that component
There is an error in the identified branch, which has both ends connected tothe component. This should not normally occur.
(33:163) HEAD & TAIL refs of BRANCH name/refno refer to the same componentand head & tail positions are the same
There is an error in the identified branch, which has both ends connected tothe component. This should not normally occur.
(33:164 Component name/refno refers to a BRANCH ( name/refno ) which doesnot refer back to it
There is an inconsistency between the connection attribute of thecomponent and the branch to which it refers. For example:
(33:165) The HEAD of name/refno is connected to name/refno but the positionsare not the same
(33:166) The TAIL of name/refno is connected to name/refno but the positions arenot the same
There is an inconsistency between the HPOS or TPOS attribute of thebranch and the p-point of the component to which it should be attached.
(33:167) ELEMENT name/refno is not a piping component
An element found while detailing a pipe is not of an appropriate type.
Branch head/tailpoints elsewhereTee points
to branch
12.0A:3
ISODRAFT Reference ManualError Messages
(33:168) Cannot find FLANGE to match PPOINT integer of name/refno
The connection reference on the given p-point needs to be accessed todetermine the bolting requirements. This message means either that theconnection reference is unset or invalid, or that a component of type FLANcannot be found on that connection
(33:169) Cannot find end of WAFER at name/refno
The other end of the wafer fitting at the specified location cannot be found.Connection types commencing with W must be used in pairs.
(33:170) BOLTING BRANCH Table full
(33:171) BOLTING MULTIWAY COMPONENT Table full
These tables keep account of those items which have already beenaccessed for bolting requirements. The limits are 100 items in the BranchTable and 200 items in the Multiway Component Table.
(33:172) No non-standard BOLT lengths for SBOLT name/refnoLENGTH is realno
(33:173) No long enough non-standard BOLT lengths for name/refno
See AVEVA PDMS ISODRAFT User Guide, Chapter 3, CataloguingRequirements.
(33:174) No SPCOM for name/refno
The item specified has no component specification from which boltingrequirements (the BLTREF attribute) can be derived. See AVEVA PDMSISODRAFT User Guide, Chapter 3, Cataloguing Requirements.
(33:175) No BOLTS for SPCOM name/refno
The SPCOM for the specified item does not have its BLTREF attribute setand so its bolting requirements cannot be determined. See AVEVA PDMSISODRAFT User Guide, Chapter 3, Cataloguing Requirements
(33:176) Invalid SPCOM name/refno for component, or tube connected to, name/refno
A component, or the implied tube connected directly to it, does not have avalid specification reference (SPRE or LSTU). Check the data consistencyreport.
(33:177) Cannot get DETAIL info. on SPCOM name/refno
(33:178) Cannot get MATXT info. on SPCOM name/refno
These indicate possible cataloguing errors. The SPCOMs specified do nothave the appropriate attributes set for the data needed by ISODRAFT. SeeAVEVA PDMS ISODRAFT User Guide, Chapter 3, CataloguingRequirements.
(33:179) Reference datum name/refno is unnamed
No text will be shown for the reference dimension on the isometric.
12.0A:4
ISODRAFT Reference ManualError Messages
(33:180) PWAST attribute from SPCOM name/refno out of range 0.00 - 100.0
The wastage allowance attribute must be set to a percentage figure between0 and 100%. See the WASTAGE AREA command.
(33:181) BOLT TABLE FULL
The number of different bolts which can be processed in a single pipe islimited to 1000.
(33:182) name/refno connected to name/refno but not the other way round
(33:183) name/refno not close enough to name/refno
(33:184) ARRIVE or LEAVE PPOINT greater than 4
ISODRAFT can only deal with 4-way components whose arrive or leaveppoints are not greater than 4.
(33:185) Multi-way component name/refno is not connected where expected
(33:187) Both legs of name/refno refer to the same BRANCH but positions arenot the same.
(33:188) Both legs of name/refno refer to the same BRANCH and positions arethe same.
(33:189) One leg of name/refno is connected to name/refno but the positions arenot the same.
Errors (33:182) to (33:189) all indicate possible errors in the DESIGNdatabases. Check the data consistency report and correct errors using adesign module.
(33:190) CANNOT OPEN OPTIONS WORK FILE : ERROR integer
(33:191) CANNOT OPEN MESSAGE FILE : ERROR integer
(33:192) OPTIONS STATE IS LOST OPTIONS RESTORED TO DEFAULTS
These indicate system filing errors, possibly due to a disc overflow. In mostcases further explanatory messages will be output.
(33:193) MESSAGE FILE NOT SET
A file for output messages must be specified before ISODRAFT can beginany detailing. See the MESSAGEFILENAME command.
(33:195) BRANCH name/refno is not in the network
A pipe must have all its branches connected to each other in order to bedetailed. The branch specified does not appear to be connected in this way.
(33:196) name/refno has already been detailed
The Pipe or Branch specified has its Detail Flag set to TRUE. It may bedetailed by using the MARK IGNORE ON option, or by resetting the DETAattribute to FALSE in a design module.
12.0A:5
ISODRAFT Reference ManualError Messages
(33:197) SYSTEM WARNING - MATERIAL NAME TABLE OVERFLOW - MAXinteger NAMES
This could occur on isometrics which incorporate a very large number ofdifferent items. It could result in items with the same itemcodes, but withdifferent suffixes, being treated as different items.
(33:198) ATTACHMENT POINT name/refno HAS NO STEXT
An ATTA being used as a comment (ATTY set to CCCC or CCNN) has notext stored in its STEXT attribute.
(33:199) ERROR IN DETERMINING BOLTING FOR name/refno
See Bolting for information on the cataloguing requirements for bolts.
(33:200) Unable to access PIPE SPEC name/refno
A pipe specification referenced by a pipe specified in a detailing command isnot accessible in the current MDB.
(33:203) BAD CONNECTION TO name/refno
This suggests a possible error in the HREF or TREF of a branch. Check thedata consistency report and rectify errors using a design module.
(33:252) Unable to locate text text within itemcode
The locating text specified in a BOLT LENGTH ITEM INSERT AT ‘text’command (see the BOLTING command) cannot be found in the itemcode fora bolt. ISODRAFT will use the default format for this bolt in the itemcode listand outputs this message for information only.
(33:267) name/refno - Illegal or Inaccessible Reference Datum point
The reference dimension is pointing to an incorrect or non-existent element.
(33:268) Reference datum name/refno - Orientation has been modified toprevent Doubleback Dimension error
The reference dimension requested for a Structure is parallel to thecentreline. A reasonable orientation has been chosen instead.
(33:269) Dimension omitted for Reference datum name/refno - DoublebackDimension
The reference dimension requested for a Piping component or Section isparallel to the centreline.
(33:299) Illegal scale factor found for line flow arrow - default scale 8 used
The scale factor for in-line flow arrows must be in the range 5 to 15 inclusive.
(33:331) Illegal HREF connection on BRAN name/refno
(33:332) Illegal TREF connection on BRAN name/refno
The Head or Tail Reference of the Branch being detailed is invalid. It mayhave been deleted, or it may be in a DB which is not current in the MDB.
12.0A:6
ISODRAFT Reference ManualError Messages
(33:338) User defined symbol library has not been specified
You have tried to define a symbol without first specifying a symbol library filein which to store the definition. See AVEVA PDMS ISODRAFT User Guide,Chapter 11, Symbol Keys.
(33:340) Limit of integer user defined symbols exceeded
(33:341) Symbol key text rejected
You have tried to define more symbols than the current maximum limit of300. The specified symbol will not be added to the symbol library. SeeAVEVA PDMS ISODRAFT User Guide, Chapter 11, Symbol Keys.
(33:343) Error in updating symbol library
An existing symbol file cannot be overwritten. Check that you have sufficientaccess rights.
(33:345) Unable to create new symbol library text
A new symbol file cannot be created. Check that you have sufficient accessrights.
(33:346) Error reading symbol library text
An existing symbol file cannot be read. Check that you have sufficientaccess rights.
(33:347) Unable to locate key text in symbol library
The specified SKEY cannot be found in the current symbol library.
(33:348) Row number integer is outside the range 1-999
(33:349) Table number integer is outside the range 1-999
You have exceeded the limits of table definition for user-positioned text. Seethe ATEXT command.
(33:350) Limit of integer user positional text records exceeded
You have tried to position more than the current maximum limit of 100 textfields. See the ATEXT command.
(33:351) Character size integer exceeds maximum limit of 99
You have specified a character height greater than the maximum limit of99mm. See the ATEXT command.
(33:361) Option number integer is outside the allowed range 1-140
Debug options must lie within the range 1-140.
(33:363) Balloon size integer is outside the allowed range 1-5
You have specified an instrument balloon size outside the permitted range of1-5 character widths.
(33:365) The no of components :- integer is outside the allowed range 1-50
You may only turn off fallskew boxes for lengths of pipeline which contain nomore than 50 components. See the FALLSKEWS command.
12.0A:7
ISODRAFT Reference ManualError Messages
(33:368) SPOOLNumbers must be positioned with table parameters
User-positioned text for spool numbers must include X and Y offsets withinits definition to form a tabular layout. See the POSITION command.
(33:386) Bend radius outside allowable range 0 to 50 D
The permitted range for standard bend radii is 0-50 pipe diameters.
(33:387) Illegal value for bend radius
You can not specify a standard bend radius of less than 1mm.
(33:399) Maximum of 20 nested PCOM tappings exceeded
Tapping legs off PCOMs or SHUs can themselves contain PCOMs or SHUswith tapping legs, up to a maximum limit of 20 levels of nesting.
(33:407) Cannot detail at branch level for system iso
Detailing at Branch level is restricted to single pipe isometrics. Systemisometrics must include complete pipes.
(33:408) Plottingscale limits (50-100%) exceeded - reset to 100
Note: The plotting scale is limited to a reduction to a minimum of half size.Magnification is not permitted. The scaling factor has been resetautomatically to 100%.
Note: The following error messages are generated during the operation ofISODRAW. Those numbered (35:10xx) relate to the ISODATprogram and those numbered (35:20xx) relate to the ISOPLOTprogram.
Note: Refer to the AVEVA PDMS Customer Support Department for adviceif you have unexplained errors at this stage of ISODRAFT’soperations.
(35:1001) OVER 200 ALTERNATIVE TEXT RECS FOLLOWING DATA IGNORED
(35:1002) MORE THAN 200 TEXT RECORDS - DEFAULT TABLE USED
The maximum number of non-standard text phrases which may be used atone time is 200 (see the ATEXT command).
(35:1004) FITTING NOT FOUND - DEFAULT SHAPE USED
A specified SKEY is not recognised. The relevant component will beindicated on the isometric drawing by the default rectangle symbol (seeAVEVA PDMS ISODRAFT User Guide, Chapter 11, Symbol Keys).
(35:1006)
to
(35:1014)
OVERFLOW IN DATA - PIPELINE REJECTED
(message number depends on reason for overflow)
This is a fatal error; the isometric will not be plotted.
(35:1015) INVALID ITEM/DESCRIPTION POINTER
12.0A:8
ISODRAFT Reference ManualError Messages
(35:1016) ITEM CODE WIDTH ERROR - APPENDED TEXT LOST
An itemcode contains more characters than the specified column width inthe material list (see the ITEMCODE command).
(35:1017) OVERFLOW IN DATA - CHECK DIMENSIONS
(35:1018) NO FITTING DETAILS EXIST FOR FITTING CODE
(35:1019) FITTINGS OVERLAP WHICH CANNOT BE CUT BACK
(35:1020) INSUFFICIENT LENGTH ON OVERLAPPING FITTINGS TO ALLOWCUTBACK
(35:1021) RUN ABORTED THE WIDTH OR HEIGHT (EXCLUDING BORDERS, MATERIAL LISTETC) IS LESS THAN 50MM. THIS IS NOT ENOUGH ROOM FOR THEISOMETRIC
The layout specified for the drawing sheet does not leave enough room forthe isometric drawing itself. The drawing will not therefore be plotted. Seethe FILE, SIZE and STACKINGARRANGEMENT commands.
(35:1022) THE MATERIAL CODE IS TOO WIDE AND HAS BEEN CHANGED FROM... TO ...
(35:1023) THE TOTAL NUMBER OF ALLOWED CHARACTERS (3,900) IN FREEMESSAGES HAS BEEN EXCEEDED
(35:1024) THE NUMBER OF FREE MESSAGES (50) HAS BEEN EXCEEDED
(35:1025) THE NUMBER OF CHARACTERS IN MESSAGE EXCEED (300) THE (LAST) MESSAGE BEGAN WITH ...
(35:1084) Warning - Support shape not found
(35:1100) Error - Unable to position ref.dimension using coordinates given
- Ref dimension record co-ords are val val val- Ref dimension not shown on drawing
(35:1105) Warning - Reference Dimension key ” ” not found - Default line shown
An invalid or blank SKEY has been used for a reference dimension. SeeAVEVA PDMS ISODRAFT User Guide, Chapter 5, Design Requirements.
(35:2001) DRAWING DELETED
(35:2003) WELD NUMBERS HAVE CAUSED DATA OVERFLOW
(35:2004) INPUT DATA OVERFLOW
(35:2005) WARNING TEE OFF TEE >4 DEEP
(35:2007) TEE IN SKEW
(35:2008) DATA FAULT SKEW
(35:2009) SKEW WITH NO CONTENTS
(35:2010) FITTING WITH OFFSET NOT IN LINE WITH PIPE
12.0A:9
ISODRAFT Reference ManualError Messages
(35:2011) ANGLE FAIL
(35:2012) DATA FAULT
(35:2013) UP DOWN
(35:2014) EAST WEST
(35:2015) NORTH SOUTH
(35:2016) DATA OVERFLOW, DRAWING REJECTED
(35:2017) MESSAGE FAIL
(35:2018) SHAPE FAIL
(35:2020) TOO MANY COORDINATES IN FITTINGS
(35:2021) TOO MANY FITTINGS
(35:2023) WARNING, PAPER SIZE >A0 OR AD - THIS MAY PRODUCEUNACCEPTABLE RESULTS
ISODRAFT does not recognise standard paper sizes larger than A0 or E.Larger sheet sizes can be specified by using the HEIGHT and WIDTHoptions. See the SIZE command.
(35:2024) REJECTED, TOO MUCH DATA, TRY SMALLER SPLIT
(35:2025) ... CHECK
(35:2026) ... FAIL
(35:2027) ... PLOTTED
(35:2028) ... NOT PLOTTED
(35:2029) ... DRG.
These are used in progress summaries in the message file.
(35:2030) WARNING PLOTFILE NUMBER HAS REACHED 999 NEXT PLOTFILE WILL OVERWRITE ...001
PLOT file names are suffixed with a three-digit number to avoid ambiguity.This limits the number of different PLOT files with the same basic file nameto 999. See the FILE command.
(35:2031) THE FOLLOWING DRAWINGS ARE IN PLOTFILE ...
(35:2035) READY FOR NEXT DRAWING. HIT RETURN TO GO
This message appears on screen between plots when more than onedrawing is to be output to a graphics terminal.
(35:2036) THE FOLLOWING DRAWINGS WERE SENT TO THE TERMINAL
(35:2037) ERROR OPENING UNDERLAY PLOTFILE
(35:2038) ERROR READING PLOTFILE
(35:2039) PLOTFILE INCOMPATIBLE PAPER SIZE
12.0A:10
ISODRAFT Reference ManualError Messages
(35:2040) BAD PLOT CODE - PLOTFILE PROBABLY CORRUPT
(35:2041) THE SCHEMA PLOTFILE OPTION HAS BEEN SWITCHED OFF
(35:2042) SPECIFIED PLOTFILE LENGTH ...
(35:2043) ... IS LESS THAN DRAWING LENGTH
(35:2044) PLOTFILE LENGTH HAS BEEN INCREASED TO ...
12.0A:11
ISODRAFT Reference ManualError Messages
12.0A:12
ISODRAFT Reference ManualExamples of Isometric Plots
B Examples of Isometric Plots
Figure B:1. Combined Fabrication & Erection Isometric with Materials List
PIPENS(INS)
8
6
CLLENGTH
4.0
17.0
-------------------------
|FABRICATIONMATERIALS|
-------------------------
PT
COMPONENTDESCRIPTION
N.S.
ITEMCODE
QTY
NO
---------------------
(INS)
---------
---
--
-----
PIPE
----
1
PIPESCH40ANSIB36.10API5L-B
8
Pa200
1.2M
2
PIPESCH40ANSIB36.10API5L-B
6
Pa150
11.2M
FITTINGS
--------
3
TEEANSIB16.9BWASTMA234-WPB
8x8
Ta200
1
4
TEEANSIB16.9BWASTMA234-WPB
8x6
TA200X15
2
5
CAPLONGANSIB16.9BWASTMA234-WPB
8
Kc200
2
6
ELBOWLRANSIB16.9BWASTMA234-WPB
8
Ea200
1
7
ELBOWLRANSIB16.9BWASTMA234-WPB
6
Ea150
8
FLANGES
-------
8
FLANGEWNANSIB16.5#150.RFASTMA105
8
Fw200
3
9
FLANGEWNANSIB16.5#150.RFASTMA105
6
Fw150
2
VALVES/IN-LINEITEMS
----------------------
10
VALVESWINGCHKANSIB16.10BW#150ASTM
6
Bc150
2
A216-WCB
11
VALVEGATEANSIB16.10BW#150ASTM
6
Bg150
2
A216-WCB
----------------------
|ERECTIONMATERIALS|
----------------------
PT
COMPONENTDESCRIPTION
N.S.
ITEMCODE
QTY
NO
---------------------
(INS)
---------
---
--
-----
GASKETS
-------
12
GASKETRF1.5MMANSIB16.5#150SS&ASB
8
Gc200
3
13
GASKETRF1.5MMANSIB16.5#150SS&ASB
6
Gc150
2
BOLTS
-----
14
100STUDCW2NUTSASTMA193-B7/2H
13/16
SBBR100
16
15
100STUDCW2NUTSASTMA193-B7/2H
13/16
SBBT100
8
VALVES/IN-LINEITEMS
----------------------
16
VALVEGATEANSIB16.10#150.RF9%NICKEL
8
GA-59
1
STEEL
PIPESPOOLS
-----------
[1][2][3][4]
Outlet_NetworkDRG
1OF1
TRACED
PIPE
LAGGED
PIPE
PIPE
SUPPORT
SITE
CONNECTION
COMPN
JOINT
SCREWED
JOINT
SOCKET
WELD
FIELD
WELD
SHOP
WELD
[1]DENOTESPIPESPOOLNO
1DENOTESPARTSLISTNO
PIPINGSPEC:A1A
BATCHREF:CondensateSystem
DATE:27JUL1998
NN
5
W5146
S4529
EL+4012
[1]8"NS
4 8x6"NS
178
1662
[2]2
7
2100
2
7
2206
2
7 EL+19502062
229
10
407
72296
"NS
229
11
F9G13B14
492
CONN.TO
CON-FEED-PUMP-1/N2
W1897
S1538
EL+1950
3 8x8"NS
356
4 8x6"NS
356
166
2
[3]2
7
1600
2
7
1494
2
7 EL+1950
2062
2
1629
10
407
7 229
229
11
403
26"NS
F9G13B14
589
CONN.TO
CON-FEED-PUMP-2/N2
W497
S1538
EL+1950
178
W4078
S4529
EL+4012
5
1
6
1483
F8G12
407
MATL
A150
16 2
92
F8G12
[4]18"NS
F8G12B15
404
CONN.TO
C-108/N1
W4612
S6012
EL+5120
12.0B:1
ISODRAFT Reference ManualExamples of Isometric Plots
Figure B:2. Fabrication-Only Isometric
Out
let_
Net
wor
k D
RG
1 O
F 1
TRAC
ED P
IPE
LAG
GE
D P
IPE
PIP
ES
UP
PO
RT
S
ITE
CO
NN
EC
TIO
NC
OM
PNJO
INT
SC
RE
WED
JO
INT
SO
CK
ET W
ELD
FIEL
DW
ELD
SH
OP
WE
LD[1
] DEN
OTE
S P
IPE
SP
OO
L N
O 1
DE
NO
TES
PA
RTS
LIS
T N
O
PIP
ING
SP
EC: A
1AB
ATC
H R
EF: C
onde
nsat
e S
yste
mD
ATE
: 27
JUL
1998
NN
[1]
8"N
S
8x6"
NS
178
1662
[2]
2100
2206
EL
+195
0
2062
22940
722
9
6"N
S
229
492
8x8"
NS
356
8x6"
NS
356
166
2
[3]
1600
1494
EL
+195
0
2062
1629
407
229
229
403
6"NS
589
178
1483
407
MAT
LA
150
292
[4]8"NS
404
12.0B:2
ISODRAFT Reference ManualExamples of Isometric Plots
Figure B:3. Erection-Only Isometric
Out
let_
Net
wor
k D
RG
1 O
F 1
TRAC
ED
PIP
ELA
GG
ED
PIP
EPI
PESU
PPO
RT
SI
TEC
ON
NEC
TIO
NC
OM
PNJO
INT
SCR
EW
ED J
OIN
TS
OC
KET
WE
LDFI
ELD
WE
LDSH
OP
WEL
D[1
] DE
NO
TES
PIP
E S
POO
L N
O 1
DE
NO
TES
PAR
TS L
IST
NO
PIP
ING
SPE
C: A
1ABA
TCH
REF
: Con
dens
ate
Syst
emD
ATE:
27
JUL
1998
NN
1
W 5
146
S 45
29EL
+40
12
[1]
8"N
S
8x6"
NS
178
166
2
2
[2]
3
2100
4
5
2206
6
7
EL
+195
02062
229
8
407
9
229
6"N
S
229 10
11
492
CO
NN
. TO
CO
N-F
EE
D-P
UM
P-1
/N2
W 1
897
S 1
538
EL
+195
0
12
8x8"
NS
356
13
8x6"
NS
356
166
14 2
[3]
15
1600
16
17
1494
18 19 EL +
1950
2062
20
1629
21
407
22
229
229
23
403
24
6"NS
2558
9
CO
NN
. TO
CO
N-F
EED
-PU
MP
-2/N
2W
497
S 15
38EL
+19
50
178
26
W 4
078
S 45
29EL
+40
12
27
28
1483
29
407
MAT
LA1
50
292
30
[4]8"NS
31
404
CO
NN
. TO
C-1
08/N
1W
461
2S
6012
EL +
5120
12.0B:3
ISODRAFT Reference ManualExamples of Isometric Plots
12.0B:4
ISODRAFT Reference ManualTransferring Data to the COMPIPE Module
C Transferring Data to the COMPIPE Module
PDMS ISODRAFT has a facility to transfer material information to the COMPIPE module ofthe John Brown Systems‘ COMDACE system. This is achieved by the output of two filescontaining COMPIPE Linelist and MTO data. You can control the production and content ofthese files. COMPIPE component Short Codes are accessed direct from the PDMS catalogdatabases, providing pointers into the COMPIPE piping specification.
C.1 Invoking the COMPIPE Interface in ISODRAFTThe COMPIPE interface is switched on by specifying a single file prefix, used to define theLinelist and MTO files. ISODRAFT will create files using this prefix with suffixes of .LINE and.MTO, together with a three digit number of the form 001, taking the next file in sequence inthe directory. To set the file prefix enter the command:
COMPIPEFile /<filename>.
To switch off this facility, enter the command COMPIPEFile OFF.
For example, the command COMPIPEFile /comp would produce Linelist files of the formcomp.LINE001, comp.LINE002, etc. and MTO files of the form comp.MTO001,comp.MTO002, etc.
C.2 Controlling the Contents of the COMPIPE FilesThe options that affect the contents of the COMPIPE files generated by ISODRAFT are:
COMPIPE MTO DRWG Lists material by individual isometric drawingsheet.
COMPIPE MTO PIPE Lists material by complete pipeline.
COMPIPE ITEMcodes User Instructs COMPIPE to use user itemcodes.
COMPIPE ITEMcodes Client Instructs COMPIPE to use client temcodes.
COMPIPE DESCriptions Short Instructs COMPIPE to use short descriptions.
COMPIPE DESCriptions Long Instructs COMPIPE to use long descriptions.
COMPIPE SUPPorts ON Includes supports from the MTO file.
COMPIPE SUPPorts OFF Excludes supports from the MTO file.
12.0C:1
ISODRAFT Reference ManualTransferring Data to the COMPIPE Module
These may be chained. The default condition is COMPIPE MTO DRWG ITEMcodes UserDESCriptions Short SUPPorts ON. Note that a materiallist overflow option other thanMATEriallist DUMMy (the default condition) must be used with COMPIPE MTO DRWG.
C.3 Pipe AttributesFour text attributes of pipe are used by the COMPIPE interface. These are:
The CNUM attribute is available so that a line number may be stored for COMPIPEpurposes that differs from the PDMS pipe NAME. If CNUM is blank or unset, the first 14characters of the NAME will be used. Note that the pipeline DESCRIPTION is output in theLinelist file. This should not be confused with the option for COMPIPE DESCRIPTIONS,which is an instruction in the MTO file to COMPIPE on how to output componentdescriptions in its reports.
C.4 Detail Text AttributesTwo attributes of detail texts (ADTEX - HDTEX) are used by the COMIPE interface. Theseare:
All components, tube and bolts must have a short code, unless they are to be treated inCOMPIPE as out-of-spec items. In this case they may only be handled as additional itemson the material list. If any other component is found to have no short code, no COMPIPEfiles will be generated for the whole pipeline.
For standard assemblies, the short code of ’SAN’ must be used. Standard assemblies arelisted in the MTO file with their itemcodes (truncated to 8 characters) as their standardassembly numbers.
The COMPIPE Specification attribute allows a COMPIPE Specification name to be usedthat differs from the PDMS Pipe Specification name. If CSPC is blank or unset, the PDMSPipe Specification of the component will be used (truncated to 6 characters).
C.5 Limitations
C.5.1 Itemcodes containing the / characterThe slash (/) character is used by default as a delimiter within the Intermediate Data File(transfer file) between itemcodes, short codes and COMPIPE Spec names. Therefore, ifitemcodes are to contain slash characters (e.g. in the case of ITEMCODE LENGTH LONG
CARE COMPIPE area up to 4 characters, mandatory
DESCRIPTION Pipeline description up to 80 characters, optional
CDRG COMPIPE drawing number up to 24 characters, optional
CNUM COMPIPE line number up to 14 characters, optional
SCOD Short Code up to 3 characters, mandatory
CSPC COMPIPE Specification up to 6 characters, optional
12.0C:2
ISODRAFT Reference ManualTransferring Data to the COMPIPE Module
where the specification name is included), an alternative delimiter must be set as ATEXT299. Note that it is the itemcode after SPEC name and trailing delimiter characters havebeen removed that is important. Since the slash character is often used within PDMSnames, ISODRAFT will automatically set Atext 299 to the tilde (~) character whenCOMPIPEFILE is set. This can then be changed if required, e.g. use ATExt 299 ’:’.
C.5.2 Instruments and Supports Tag NamesInstrument and support names will be output in the MTO files only if the optionsINSTruments NAMe and ATTAname SPREf are used. Instrument and support itemcodeswill never be output in the MTO files.
C.5.3 Material per Isometric SheetIn order to obtain MTO per isometric drawing, a material list overflow option that may insertextra sheet numbers should not be used. Instead, use one of:
MATEriallist OVERMATEriallist DUMMy SUFFixMATEriallist DUMMy SUFFix SINGle
If the default option MATEriallist DUMMy is used, a warning occurs in the message file. Itstates ”Compipe material accumulation per drawing conflicts with material list generated onisometric. Compipe materials accumulated per pipeline.” Any isometrics splitting onto morethan one sheet will be accompanied by MTO files listing all materials for the pipeline as if ona single sheet.
C.5.4 Specification BreaksThe output of Alternative Spec records and the subsequent addition of the ’Y’ prefix to eachShort Code from the new specification is affected by the SPECBreak option. If SPECBreakBRANch is used, e.g. to suppress specbreaks for instruments from a special instrumentsspecification on the isometric, then these items will be output in the MTO file as if from thestandard specification.
C.5.5 System and Spool IsometricsCOMPIPE files will not be produced for system isometrics or spool isometrics.
C.5.6 Use of MARK REV, MARK DETAIL, REPEATABILITY ONThese will fail to update the database when COMPIPEFile is used in conjunction with aCNUM. The actual pipe NAME must be used in order to allow these database updates.
12.0C:3
ISODRAFT Reference ManualTransferring Data to the COMPIPE Module
C.6 Format of COMPIPE Linelist FileThe Linelist file contains a single batch header record, followed by a group of three recordsfor each pipeline in the batch:
In the following record definitions, the : character is a field separator, and the * character is arecord terminator.The Batch Header record is defined thus:
BATCH888821JAN99LINEPROJNUMB
where:
The Line List Header record is defined thus:
A:AREA:LINENUMBER:PIPE SPEC:NO OF SHEETS:MAIN SIZE::PAINTSPEC:INSU SPEC::*
where
The Delivery Point Details record is defined thus:
D::::::*
Batch Header
Line List Header for each pipeline
Delivery Point Details for each pipeline
Line Description for each pipeline
BATCH is a fixed record identifier
8888 is a fixed 4 digit batch sequence number
21JAN99 is the run date when the pipe was detailed
LINE is a fixed identifier for a Linelist file
PROJNUMB is the project number (truncated to 8 characters)
A is a fixed record identifier
AREA is from the pipe AREA attribute (max 4 characters)
LINENUMBER is from the pipe CNUM or NAME (truncated to 14characters)
PIPE SPEC is from the pipe PSPEC (truncated to 6 characters)
NO OF SHEETS is the number of isometric sheets for the pipeline, e.g. 02
MAIN SIZE is the largest nominal size in the pipe, of the form 1.1/2, 6,etc. for imperial, and 25, 80, etc. for metric
PAINT SPEC is from the paint specification (truncated to 6 characters)
INSU SPEC is from the insulation specification (truncated to 6characters)
12.0C:4
ISODRAFT Reference ManualTransferring Data to the COMPIPE Module
This is a dummy record, normally used for delivery point and date information during manualinput. Such information is not available from ISODRAFT.
The Line Description record is defined thus:
H:DESCRIPTION*
where:
C.7 Format of COMPIPE MTO FIleThe MTO file contains a single batch header record, followed by a group of records for eachpipeline or isometric sheet:
A maximum of 200 pipelines or isometric sheets may be included in each file. In thefollowing record definitions, the : character is a field separator, and the * character is arecord terminator.
The Batch Header record is defined thus:
BATCH888821JAN99MATOPROJNUMB
where:
The MTO Line Header record is defined thus:
$L:AREA:LINENUMBER:SHEET NO:RUNTYPE::U or C:S or L*
H is a fixed record identifier
DESCRIPTION is from the pipe DESC attribute (max 80 characters). If nodescription has been entered in PDMS, a dummy record ofthe form H:* is output.
Batch Header
MTO Line Header |
MTO Drawing Header | for each pipeline
Component records (onerecord for each materiallist entry)
isometric sheet
BATCH is a fixed record identifier
8888 is a fixed 4 digit batch sequence number
21JAN99 is the run date when the pipe was detailed
MATO is a fixed identifier for an MTO file
PROJNUMB is the project number (truncated to 8 characters)
12.0C:5
ISODRAFT Reference ManualTransferring Data to the COMPIPE Module
where:
The Drawing Header record is defined thus:
$D:DRWGNUMBER::REVISION*
where:
If the CDRG attribute for a pipe is unset or blank, a drawing number will be automaticallygenerated, based on the pipe nominal size and name. This will take the form:
Each component entry on the material list has an equivalent entry in the MTO file.Components are classified as ’in-spec’ being in the specification set at pipe level,’alternative-spec’ being in a different specification, and ’out-of-spec’ being in no pipespecification (a concept PDMS does not have).
The in-Spec Component record is defined thus:n::SHORT CODE:TAG NUMBER:1st NS:2nd NS:3rd NS:QUANTITY:BOLTLENGTH:*
where:
$L is a fixed record identifier
AREA is from the pipe AREA attribute (max 4 characters)
LINENUMBER is from the pipe CNUM or NAME (truncated to 14characters)
SHEET NO is the isometric sheet number, e.g. 01
RUNTYPE is data type transferred, always set to A (Actual)
U or C signifies reports will have User or Client Itemcodes
S or L signifies reports will have Short or Long Descriptions
$D is a fixed record identifier
DRWGNUMBER is from the pipe CDRG attribute (max 24 characters)
REVISION is from the pipe REV attribute (max 2 characters)
1.1/2”PIPENAME for pipes using imperial bores
40MM-PIPENAME for pipes using metric bores (’MM-’ is the default Atext 453)
n = 1 for SHOP flag = TRUE, = 3 for SHOP flag
= FALSE
SHORT CODE is from the detail text’s SCOD (max 3 characters)
TAG NUMBER unique identifier (max 8 characters), see Notes
1st NS is main size, of the form 1.1/2 (imperial) or 40 (metric)
2nd NS is second size (format as for 1st NS)
12.0C:6
ISODRAFT Reference ManualTransferring Data to the COMPIPE Module
Notes:
1. Short code is a reference to a component entry in the Compipe specification. 2. Instruments and supports take a tag number from their PDMS name if the options
INSTruments NAMe and ATTAname SPREf are used. 3. Standard assemblies take a tag number of their itemcode, which is not unique, but is
the same for all assemblies of the same content/configuration, i.e. standard assemblynumber.
4. Quantity is an integer number for components, or a length for tube. For bolts it is thenumber of sets, not the number of bolts. Also for bolts, the size is the pipeline nominalsize, not the bolt diameter.
5. Boltlength is preceded by the character H to indicate an override to COMPIPE. Metriclengths take the form H120.0. Imperial lengths take the form H4.3/4.
Where a change of spec occurs in the pipeline, an Alternative Spec record is output,defined thus:
n::YY:ALTERNATESPEC:::::*
where:
Components from the alternative spec then follow, with records to the same format as in-spec components, except that a Y character is output as a prefix to their short code. A returnto the standard spec for the pipe is indicated by the additional Y character no longer beingoutput. Note that the output of Alternative spec records may be suppressed if theSPECBreak BRANch option is used.
Out-of-specification components take two records, defined thus:
n:::ITEMCODE:QUANTITY*
where:
N.S.:::::::*
3rd NS is third size (format as for 1st NS)
QUANTITY is quantity for component, tube or bolt sets (max 6characters)
BOLTLENGTH is length of bolts, see Notes
n = 1 for SHOP flag = TRUE, = 3 for SHOP flag = FALSE
YY is a fixed identifier to indicate alternative spec
ALTERNATESPEC is the alternative spec name (max 6 characters)
n = 1 for SHOP flag = TRUE,
= 3 for SHOP flag = FALSE
ITEMCODE is from the component’s itemcode (max 12 characters)
QUANTITY is quantity for component, tube or bolt sets
n = 1 for SHOP flag = TRUE, = 3 for SHOP flag
12.0C:7
ISODRAFT Reference ManualTransferring Data to the COMPIPE Module
where:
Note: Out-of-specification components can only be from ‘additional items on the materiallist' in ISODRAFT, i.e. not normal pipeline components.
N.S. is the nominal size of the component
12.0C:8
ISODRAFT Reference ManualRecommendations for Importing DXF files from ISODRAFT into
D Recommendations for Importing DXF files from ISODRAFT into MicroStation
D.1 IntroductionIsometrics produced using ISODRAFT can be passed into MicroStation as DXF files foramendment or the production of a DGN equivalent for issue. These notes refer only toMicroStation/J and the DXF files produced from ISODRAFT.
A straightforward import of an ISODRAFT DXF file into a freshly installed version ofMicroStation/J produces a picture which has accurate rendition of the isometric vectors butfonts and colour are not correct. Neither can a plot be produced, as the colour is white onwhite.
The comments in these notes refer mainly to fonts and colour and how to bring them intoline with the original isometric. Experienced MicroStation users may know simpler ways ofdoing this.
D.2 Importing a DXF FileMicroStation has basic facilities for the importation of DXF files. You have the chance to dothis when invoking MicroStation or if already running MicroStation then the Edit>Importmenu would be used.
During import you may be invited to change various parameters to do with the control ofDXF/DGN translations. Initially at least these should be ignored and the DXF file simplyopened to observe the results.
D.3 FontsPDMS has a very large number of font files that have been assembled over a long periodfrom the public domain, in-house and the user community. They have all been translated tothe AutoCAD standard and take the form of pairs of source (.shp) and compiled (.shx) files.
D.3.1 Installing FontsISODRAFT uses only one set of PDMS text style/font associations:
Text style Font
HTX1 o8116901
12.0D:1
ISODRAFT Reference ManualRecommendations for Importing DXF files from ISODRAFT into
To make AutoCAD-type fonts available within MicroStation the relevant fonts must beinstalled into MicroStation using the standard facilities:
D.3.2 Utilities/Install Fonts menu.To keep them separate the required fonts should be installed into a new font library called,perhaps, pdms.rsc which should be placed with the supplied libraries in the path:
... \bentley\workspace\system\symb
MicroStation refers to fonts by a number not by the name.
Now use the Element>Text menu to check the installation. The newly installed fonts shouldbe visible together with the font numbers assigned by MicroStation to the new fonts.
If required you may change the MicroStation font number as follows:
1. Use the Utilities>Install Fonts menu to give the Font installer dialog box.2. Select font file on destination and change to desired font number.
The new fonts will not yet be ‘visible’ to the MicroStation import function.
D.4 DXF/DGN translation: Making Fonts Active for the Import FunctionDXF/DGN Import and export operations refer to a compiled file which on installedMicroStation/J is:
...\bentley\home\prefs\dwgdata\dwgcontrol.bas
On some installations, this may alternatively be:
...\bentley\Workspace\system\tables\dwg\dwg.bas
This file is a macro file written in the MicroStation macro language BASIC that controlsseveral areas where translations between DWG and DGN are specified. One of these areasis font mapping.
For AutoCAD fonts the font style is obtained from the shx/shp font file and a shape file mayhave many styles.
In MicroStation/J this condition is recognised. In order to map a particular style associatedwith a font file to the required MicroStation font number, it is necessary to include extrainformation in the font section of the translation control file. For example:MbeFontNameTable.addImportEntry "htx1", "o8116901", 168, 1.09, 0
The last two optional parameters enable control of text width and text obliquity (slope) whichMicroStation does not handle well.
This line maps style htx1 in font file o8116901.shx to the MicroStation font 168 using an Xscaling factor of 1.09 and no oblique characters. The value of 1.09 for this particularmapping was obtained by experiment and compensates for the arbitrary character spacingoutput by ISODRAFT.
For the PDMS fonts there is one style per file.
D.5 Compilation of the DXF/DGN Macro Control FileThe MicroStation/J macro control file, dwgcontrol.bas, should be compiled after editing.
12.0D:2
ISODRAFT Reference ManualRecommendations for Importing DXF files from ISODRAFT into
1. On the Utilities>Macro window choose Browse2. Select dwgcontrol.bas.3. Running the macro constitutes compilation.
It is possible that when the macro is run an error message will appear. In this case thenecessary DXF/DGN translators are not yet available to MicroStation and to make themavailable it is necessary to use the import function on any DXF file:
1. On the file/import menu choose DWG or DXF and load any DXF file.2. Now repeat the Utilities>Macro actions above, and exit MicroStation.3. On restart using the DXF option, the font translation will be active and a true rendition
of text should be seen.
D.6 Use of 16-bit Fonts (Far Eastern Fonts)It is not possible to install any 16 bit font (.shx) file into MicroStation/J or earlier.
D.7 ColourThere is no explicit colour information in the ISODRAFT DXF file. The PDMS colourinformation is implicit. This is because of a convention used, which associates a layer namewith a colour. This means that layer name GT_n in the DXF file means PDMS colour n. Thusall objects with the same colour are on the same DXF layer.
In MicroStation an incoming DXF file turns on a default colour table that appears to be thedefault colour table used by AutoCAD:
• Individual objects have the default colour value 6 (on a scale starting at 0) whichtranslates to the AutoCAD default 7 (on a scale starting at 1).
• The colour value is white so everything is white and there can never be anydiscrimination between colours.
• Symbology is not set for any object, so when it is turned on everything changes to red(0), which is 1 on the AutoCAD default table.
The PDMS colour information in the DXF file delivered as ‘GT_’ layer names may betranslated to MicroStation level values by use of the layer/level mapping file used in theimport process.
The default file for this is: dwglevel.tbl (in ..\Bentley\Workspace\system\tables\dwg).Thus PDMS colours 1 - 12 (Layers GT_1 to GT_2) may be made manifest in the DGN file aslevels 1 - 12 by additional entries to this file:
In order to produce true PDMS colours in MicroStation DGN files, it will be necessary toprovide a ‘key-in’ command as a mdl (MicroStation Development Language) function thatwill map the DGN levels to PDMS colours.
Layer in DXF file Level
GT_1 1
GT 2 2
…. ….
GT_12 12
12.0D:3
ISODRAFT Reference ManualRecommendations for Importing DXF files from ISODRAFT into
D.8 Plotting the DGN fileTo get a normal black and white plot of the MicroStation DGN file created on import it isnecessary to reduce the number of colours set in the active file: printer.plt. The value ofnum_pens in this file should be changed from 255 to 1.
12.0D:4
Index
ISODRAFT Reference Manual
AADD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2:10Adding elements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2:10ALLO attribute . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2:72Alternative texts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4:1ANGLEACCURACY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2:11ATEXT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2:12Atexts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4:1ATTAs:identifying . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2:7, 2:14ATTAs:split . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2:8, 2:105ATTEXTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2:13AXES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2:15
BBend table:Atexts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4:10Bending table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2:92Bendradius:bend table . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2:16Bendradius:radii description units . . . . . 2:16Bendradius:standard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2:16Blank area, reserving . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2:106Bolt Report:Atexts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4:10Bolt Report:file specification . . . . . . . . . 2:17Bolt Report:output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2:20BOLTING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2:18Bolting:length descriptions . . . . . . . . . . 2:18BOLTREPORT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2:20BORES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2:21Bores:units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2:21
CCHANGE HIGHLIGHTING . . . . . . . . . . 2:22Character height . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2:7
character height . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2:23, 2:96CHECK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2:24CLLENGTHFILE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2:26Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1:2Commands:abbreviations . . . . . . . . . . . 1:2Commands:arguments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1:2COMPIPE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C:1COMPIPE:Files . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C:1, C:4COMPIPE:Interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C:1COMPIPE:MTO file . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C:5COMPIPE:Pipe attributes . . . . . . . . . . . . C:2COMPIPE:Text attributes . . . . . . . . . . . . C:2Continuation notes . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2:7, 2:27Continuation sheets . . . . . . . . . . . . 2:8, 2:28Continuation symbols . . . . . . . . . . . 2:7, 2:27Continuation welds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2:29Continuation Notes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2:27CONTNOTES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2:27COORDINATES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2:29COORDS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2:30Creating macros . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2:103Cut pipe list . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2:34CUTBACK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2:31CUTMARKS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2:33Cutmarks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2:33CUTPIPELISTFILE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2:34CUTTINGLIST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2:35
DDate:format . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2:37Default settings:resetting . . . . . . . . . . . 2:85DELETE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2:38Design conditions table . . . . . . . . . . . . 2:93
12.0Index page 1
ISODRAFT Reference Manual
DETAIL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2:39Detail areas, dynamic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4:10DETAILPLOTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2:93DIMDIST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2:42Dimensioning style . . . . . . . . . . . . 2:8, 2:44Dimensions:drawing sheet . . . . . . . . . 2:108Distance units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2:48DISTANCES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2:48Drawing history table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2:93dxf . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2:55Dynamic detail areas:Atexts . . . . . . . . . 4:10
EELEVATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2:50Elevation coordinates . . . . . . . . . . 2:8, 2:50Erection details . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2:65Error messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A:1
FFabrication details . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2:65Fall rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2:8, 2:51FALLINGLINES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2:51FALLSKEWS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2:54FILE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2:55File
specifying plot file . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2:55File:message file . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2:83File:transfer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2:99, 2:100Flow arrows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2:8, 2:60FLOWARROWS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2:60format file . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2:34Frame lines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2:61
GGrip length . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2:31
IINSTALL SETUP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2:62INSTNAME . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2:62Instruments:display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2:62Insulation:plotting . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2:8, 2:63INSULATIONCONTROL . . . . . . . . . . . . 2:63ISO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2:64Isometric Drawing Area#_IsoDrawingArea 4:1Isometric:annotating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2:91Isometric:Atexts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4:1Isometric:display of information . . . . . . 2:65Isometric:plotting scale . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2:91Isometric:scaling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2:8, 2:89ISOTYPE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2:65
Item numbering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2:50ITEMCODE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2:66, 2:67
JJOINTNUMBERS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2:69
KKEYS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2:70
LLine Summary:Atexts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4:8LINETHICKNESS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2:71LOOSEFLANGEALLOWANCE . . 2:72, 3:15
MMARGIN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2:72Margin:width specification . . . . . . . . . . 2:72MARK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2:73MATCONTROL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2:74Material Control File . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5:1Material Control File:Creating . . . . . . . . 5:1Material Control File:creating . . . . . . . . 2:74Material Control File:Definition . . . . . . . . 5:1Material Control File:extended . . . . . . . . 5:1Material Control File:Format . . . . . . . . . . 5:1Material descriptions . . . . . . . . . . 2:49, 2:84Material list:Atexts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4:6, 4:9Material List:displaying . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2:75Material list:item numbering . . . . . . . . . 2:50MATERIALLIST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2:75MATLISTFILENAME . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2:81Measurement units . . . . . . . . . . . . 2:9, 2:129MESSAGEFILENAME . . . . . . . . . 2:82, 2:83MTEXTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2:84
NNumbering joints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2:69Numbering pulled bends . . . . . . . . . . . 2:88
OOPTIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2:85OUTCOM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2:85OVERALLSKEWS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2:88
PPBENDNUMBERS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2:88PICTURESCALE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2:89
12.0Index page 2
ISODRAFT Reference Manual
PLOTDETAILDATA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2:90Plotted leg length . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2:8, 2:71Plotting isometrics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2:39PLOTTINGSCALE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2:91POSITION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2:91PRECISION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2:100PREPROCESS . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2:99, 2:100PROCESS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2:100Project number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2:101PROJECTNUMBER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2:101
QQuerying options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2:101
RRECREATE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2:103REFDIMENSIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2:103Reference dimensions . . . . . . . . 2:8, 2:103Relative text positioning . . . . . . . . . . . . 2:95REMOVE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2:104Removing elements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2:104REPEATABILITY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2:105RESERVE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2:106
SScreen layout:saving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2:62SIZE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2:107, 2:108SKEWBOX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2:108Skewed piping . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2:8, 2:108Spatial coordinates . . . . . . . . . . . . 2:8, 2:30SPECBREAK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2:113SPLIT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2:114Splitting drawings . . . . . . . . . . . . 2:9, 2:114Splitting tubes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2:9, 2:127SPOOLNUMBERS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2:115STACKINGARRANGEMENT . . . . . . . 2:117SUPPORTFILENAME . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2:118SUPPORTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2:119Symbol keys:BEND . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3:7Symbol keys:CAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3:3Symbol keys:CLOS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3:4Symbol keys:COUP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3:4Symbol keys:CROS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3:5Symbol keys:definitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3:1Symbol keys:deleting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2:38Symbol keys:ELBO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3:7Symbol keys:FBLI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3:11Symbol keys:FILT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3:11Symbol keys:FLAN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3:13Symbol keys:FTUB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3:15Symbol keys:INST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3:16
Symbol keys:LJSE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3:21Symbol keys:OLET . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3:30Symbol keys:PCOM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3:21Symbol keys:REDU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3:25Symbol keys:reference . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3:42Symbol keys:SHU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3:30Symbol keys:TEE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3:30Symbol keys:TRAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3:34Symbol keys:UNIO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3:36Symbol keys:UNIV . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3:36Symbol keys:Universal . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3:36Symbol keys:VALV . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3:37Symbol keys:VENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3:39Symbol keys:VFWA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3:39Symbol keys:VTWA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3:40Symbol keys:WELD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3:41Symbol library . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2:119SYMBOLFILENAME . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2:119
TTAGGING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2:120TAPPING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2:120Text:positioning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2:92Text:rotating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2:92TEXTPOSITION, see POSITION . . . . . 2:91Title block:Atexts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4:5TITLEBLOCK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2:122TOLERANCE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2:123TRACINGCONTROL . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2:124Transfer file:creating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2:24Transfer file:processing . . . . . . . . . . . 2:100TRANSFERFILENAME . . . . . . . . . . . 2:125TRUNCATE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2:125TTFONT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2:126TUBESPLITS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2:127
UUNDERLAYPLOTNAME . . . . . . . . . . 2:128UNITS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2:129User Defined Tables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2:93
VView direction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2:64
WWASTAGE AREA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2:130Weld Box:Atexts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4:9Weld table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2:93WELDID . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2:132WELDNUMBERS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2:132
12.0Index page 3
ISODRAFT Reference Manual
Welds:identification . . . . . . . . . . . 2:9, 2:132Welds:numbering . . . . . . . . . . . . 2:9, 2:132Welds:types displayed . . . . . . . . 2:9, 2:134WELDTYPE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2:134
ZZEROLENGTHSKEWS . . . . . . . . . . . 2:135
12.0Index page 4